Search results

(3,061 - 3,080 of 3,082)

Pages

Title: Augsburg Bulletin March 1951, Page 04
Collection: Alumni Magazine Collection
Search Result: GOING TO JAPAN Yes. we are going to Japan! Most people congratulate us. Perhaps a few would discourage us. Undoubted- ly those who know us best question the wisdom of our going. Why are we going? Honest an- swers could vary from a materialis- tic. “Good opportunities over there.“ to a...
Show moreGOING TO JAPAN Yes. we are going to Japan! Most people congratulate us. Perhaps a few would discourage us. Undoubted- ly those who know us best question the wisdom of our going. Why are we going? Honest an- swers could vary from a materialis- tic. “Good opportunities over there.“ to a spiritualized. “The Lord has led". Actually. our decision to go to Japan is the fruit of convictions concern- ing the need of the Church at home as much as in Japan. A glimpse of our congregational life and a hasty scrutiny of the life of the Church reveals a glaring con- trast. “even to one who runs while reading". What is the reason for the coldness. inertia. and lack of vitality in the Church? It is partly this: we have tended to make Christianity a religio-cultural process. It has been presented as an evolutionary process when it is a dynamic experience. The Church is where the Word of God is preached and believed. It is dy- namic—not institutional. On the for- eign mission ﬁeld where the Gospel continually comes in contact with un- polished heathendom. there is less temptation to equate Christianity and culture. The Church at home needs a living fellowship with the "foreign" ﬁeld to remind it of its nature. The home Church needs the mis- sion ﬁeld to combat its own egoism. Personal pride. denominational big- otry. and intense nationalism are all too evident. Our opinion of an indi- vidual soars if he joins our church. becomes of our theological persua- sion. or swears allegiance to our ﬂag. But the Church of Christ is uni- versal. God says. “Become uni- versal in your love and labor.” Mis- sions serve as a corrective to see- tional and parochial attitudes. ln going to Japan we are not ob- livious to the needs at home. By going we are allowing the Church to exer- cise the only principle by which God can bless us. Our Lord Jesus said, MR. AND MRS. BERGH "Give and it shall be given to you again”. We are still serving a Master who feeds multitudes with a few loaves and ﬁshes. But we must oper- ate on his principle of “Give and Matthew 11:1 embodies a principle which we believe is still valid. "And it came to pass when Jesus had ﬁnished commanding his twelve disciples. he departed then to teach and preach in their cities.” it we go in obedience to the Lord Jesus He shall not fail to minister in the places we have left. The LFC-ELC cooperative venture in Japan is itself a forward step in Christian unity. Details concerning our work there have been arranged in the greatest harmony between our joint boards. We are grateful for this fellowship with them in the further- ance of the Gospel. Our field in Japan includes eight million people. These are eager. liter- ate people in the industrial area from Tokyo to Nagoya. But more important than the prin- ciples and the vast multiudes, as ex- cellent and challenging as they may be. are the individuals there who may be led into fellowship with Jesus Christ. It is for them we go! OLIVER and JUDITH BERCH. AUGSBURG GOSPEL QUARTET TO TRAVEL Plans are being made once again for the Augsburg Gospel Quartet to travel extensively throughouot the United States. As is customary. the group. under the guidance and spon- sorship of the Augsburg College Mu- sic Department. will visit many of our churches that support Augsburg and a number of other communities of the Augustzma. ELC. and UELC s) nods. For many years the gospel quar- tets have traveled and have. met with outstanding success and response from the various communities. Augs- burg may well be proud of its young AUGGIES ON MISSION FIELDS IN JAPAN That Augsburg Alumni and for- mer students are taking an interest in the new mission project in Japan is evidenced by the number who have accepted a call to serve in that ﬁeld. Besides Mr. and Mrs. Oliver Bergh, whose article appears elsewhere in this issue. Mr. and Mrs. Alton P. Knulson, of the Augsburg Seminary will be leaving for Japan after grad- uation in June. Rev. and Mrs. Paul Blikstad, ’ 7, and daughter Priscilla, left from Seattle February 19th for Sakata and Akita, Japan, where they will serve under the Church of the Lutheran Brethren of America. Miss Delna Coerntzen, ’49, of Mountain Lake is also planning to leave for Japan soon under an independent mission group. Rev. and Mrs. Gor- don Tang (Clean Bolslad, ’39-41) are already active on the ELC mis- sion ﬁeld near Tokyo. Their address is 21 Maruyama Cho, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo. Japan. Mr. and Mrs. Edwin Swanson IRth Weltzin, ’47) are also preparing for this ﬁeld of mission work. Mr. Swanson is at present studying at the Augustana Seminary in Rock Island. Miss Carola Mosby. ~51. Blue Earth. is planning to leave for Tokyo in August as a nurse on the mission ﬁeld. men that spend their summers in this manner. They present a message— the message of Christ. The personnel of the group will in- clude young men who have had many years’ experience singing in quartets. Howard Pearson will sing ﬁrst tenor and his brother Daniel. second ten- or. Marlo Peterson, this past year soloist with the Augsburg College Choir. will sing first bass, and Rich- ard “Pete” Peterson, second bass. The men are salaried and the offer- ings taken at the programs will go directly to the Music Department and the College. Each evening during their presentation. one of the group will give a short meditation on the Word of God. This year the itinerary of the quar- tet will bring them into many states. Starting in Minnesota they will visit Iowa. South Dakota. North Dakota, Montana, Idaho. Washington, Ore- gon, and British Columbia, Canada.
Show less

Title: Augsburg Bulletin March 1951, Page 03
Collection: Alumni Magazine Collection
Search Result: AUGSBURG YOUTH CARAVAN TO TRAVEL Six college upper classmen. plus an adult adviser, will travel among the parishes of our Rockford. Marin- ette, Duluth, and Northern Wiscon- sin districts. These youth have been selected by the Youth Director on the basis of musigianship. scholarship. persona ity,...
Show moreAUGSBURG YOUTH CARAVAN TO TRAVEL Six college upper classmen. plus an adult adviser, will travel among the parishes of our Rockford. Marin- ette, Duluth, and Northern Wiscon- sin districts. These youth have been selected by the Youth Director on the basis of musigianship. scholarship. persona ity, an Christian seal. Four of the group form a brass quartet which will rank as outstand- ing among non-professional groups. They are as follows: Ruth Schmidt, Elkton, South Da- kota, French horn. (Won ﬁrst in the National Contest.) Dorothy Strommen, Blanchardville. Wisconsin, Baritone. (Won ﬁrst in Wisconsin State Contest.) James Christo herson, Valley City, North Dakota. rumpet. ( Has trav- eled two previous years with the Youth Caravan as trumpet soloist.) Douglas Augustine, Minneapolis. Minnesota. Trombone. ( Played in Air Corps Band. Voted most valuable player in Roosevelt High Band. Min- neapolis.) in addition to the brass quartet. the group presents a mixed quartet and a vocal duo. Comprising the vo- cal duo are Charlotte Kleven. Blan- chardville, Wisconsin, pianist and so- rano soloist. and Morris Johnson. cine, Wisconsin. speaker and tenor soloist. (sang ﬁrst tenor last year (Continued on page 5) To STUDY IN NORWAY Miss Elizabeth Man er, a sopho- more at Augsburg, has n accepted as one of the 250 students from the United States to study at the Univer- sity of Oslo this summer. She plans to sail on June 12th and will spend six weeks at the University studying Norwegian music, art. literature. and government. Miss Manger has rela- tives living in Oslo and will have an opportunity to visit them as well as to travel for about a month. Students are chosen on the basis of scholar- ship and recommendations as well as a statement of their reasons for wanting to stud abroad. Miss Orlette iljelle. a junior. will also spend the summer visiting rela- tives in Gudbransdalen and Eidsvold. Norway, with her parents. They will be leaving on the Stavangerfjord on June 12th and will spend about two months abroad. NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON HIGHER EDUCATION MARTIN qunascx The National Conference on High- er Education, each year the largest gathering of educators from colleges and universities, met in Chicago. April 2-4. While many problems of higher education were discussed, the relation of education to defense held the focus of attention. In the opening lectures, the contributions of various ﬁelds of study to defense were stressed. President Truman’s an- nouncement re arding the deferment of college students. either by acci- dent or by design, was made on the opening day of the Conference. This was the cause of some optimism on the part of those studying enrolment trends. Predictions were made that the drop in college enrolments from the fall of 1950 to the fall of 1951 would not exceed 10 or 12 per cent. with considerable variation between col- leges because of ROTC programs and other factors. C o l o n e I lr- win. speaking for General Hershey. explained the new draft deferment program at the last session. Much of the conference time was spent in smaller worsho . l had the privilege of working wit a group of about thirty-five interested in the question of how to get a program of general education under way in a small college. Under the chairman- ship of Dean Baller of Carthage Col- lege, with Dr. Walker of Goucher as recorder, Miss Holmquist of Moor- head State Teachers as analyst. and Dr. Furrow of Knox as consultant. the group made considerable prog- ress in identifying problems aml also found some suggestions for their so- lution. The efficiency of the staff respon- sible for mimeographing addresses, news and announcements. and group reports was marvelous to see. Ralph McDonald. secretary of the Higher Education Division of the N. E. A.. retained his reputation for effective- ness in organizin a conference. The only slip occurre in the ﬁnal lunch’ eon meeting, where Dr. Henderson of the University of Michigan and Dr. Wardell of Oklahoma did a Inas- terful job of stalling while Dr. Hen- derson’s manuscript returned from the eager mimeographers, who were going to have it ready for distribu- AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is grow- ing! The responses that have come into the Alumni Ofﬁce from our friends have been very gratifying and encouraging. However, much work will have to be done if we are to reach our goal of “every alumnus and former student a member". That goal can and will be reached—rvwheth- or it is today. tomorrow. or next year~Show less

Title: Augsburg Bulletin March 1951, Page 05
Collection: Alumni Magazine Collection
Search Result: STUDENT RECRUITMENT EMPHASIZED Student recruitment for 1951-52 has received new impetus with the ap intment of Paul l. Roth to the Pu lic Relations De artrnent. Mr. Roth, assistant in chemistry since 1949, is traveling as Field Represen- tative for Augsburg. and in that ca- pacity is visiting...
Show moreSTUDENT RECRUITMENT EMPHASIZED Student recruitment for 1951-52 has received new impetus with the ap intment of Paul l. Roth to the Pu lic Relations De artrnent. Mr. Roth, assistant in chemistry since 1949, is traveling as Field Represen- tative for Augsburg. and in that ca- pacity is visiting high schools throughout the state. The recruitment program is off to a later start than usual because of personnel changes. Constant travel is going to be necessary in order to visit as many communities as pos- sible before the end of the school year. Correspondence with prospec- tive students continues at a high vol- ume. Maintenance of enrollment is a top priority for the years ahead. Now. as never before, a field staﬂ' made u of all Alumni is essential. and each of us can be of help in this area by: l. Recommending Augsburg to young people contemplating higher education. 2. Sending the names and ad- dresses of prospective students to the Office of Public Relations. 3. Arranging for “College Night" in your church. Films. slides. and oth- er material can be sent to you, and an alumnus in the area or a repre- sentative from the campus can be present to answer questions. 4. Encouraging prospective stu- dents to write to us for answers to their particular questions. ‘ With the addition of Science Hall. Augsburg has splendid facilities for all students, including pre-profession- al and science majors. We are grate- ful to many Alumni who have helped us in the recruitment program and who have helped their young friends to make important decisions about their future. Let’s not slack off! Our slogan for the immediate future is: “Full swing all spring—June’s soon." Student Leaders Look Ahead in order that maximum help and idance might be given new stu- dlelnts before and during fall registra- tion. the Student Council is again sponsoring a Student Counsellors Training Course for all upper class- (Continued on page 7) CONFERENCE ATTENDED BY PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT Miss Gerda Mortenson and Mr. Berner Dahlen attended the Council of Guidance and Personnel Associa- tions at Stevens Hotel. Chicago, March 25-29. The theme for the conference was “Personnel Resources for Improving Human Relations". While technical areas for personnel service and prac- tical applications for group dynamics were given their fair share in the discussions of the topic. the signiﬁ- cance of spiritual. ethical. and moral \alues was given a greater emphasis than has been true in previous con- ferences on personnel services. Dr. Kenneth l. Brown. Executive Director of the Danforth Foundation. was one of the speakers who brought out the thought that religion plays a vital part in counselling. He emphasized the following values as being impor- tant for all: 1. Respect for truth and a deter- mination to find it at all costs. 2. A habit of faithfulness to as- signed tasks. 3. Possession of personal integrity. 4. A sense of life as an opportunity for service. He continued to say that it is of great importance that the counsellor have “a willingness to be of maxi- mum help to students. have endless patience, unmovable calmness. un- ruffled acceptance of itnerruptions. and a habitual vision of greatness". Cod and the Bible give validity to these values. CARAVAN with the l..R.l. quartet). As preludes there will be piano duets by Char~ lotte Kleven and Dorothy Strommen. both of whom are evcellent piano players. All of the six plan on professional scrv'icc in the church. four in our church body. They have been meet- ing regularly for prayer and rehears- als this semester in preparation for the tour. Four of the six are taking the Youth Work class. This group will be traveling under the sponsorship of Augsburg College and the Luther League Federation. They will be. spending two days in each parish. utilizing the time by giv- ing services each evening. and by making contacts with the youth of the (Continued from page 3“ AUGSBURG CHORAL GROUPS ENJOY SUCCESS The Augsburg Choir and Choral Club completed their concert tours this past season with great success. Although both groups experienced extremes in weather while in various parts of the states, they also experi- enced a heart-warming response to their message in song. While in llli- nois and lows. the Choir had ﬁve days of freezing rain which made the highways almost impassable, but it was not necessary to cancel any concert. The Choral Club drove (and sang) through several blizzards in North and South Dakota. It was nec- eesary to cancel two appearances on this tour. A group of Alumni in the Chicago area entertained the Choir after their concert in Christ Lutheran Church. The persons responsible for this ﬁne gesture were: Marie Pierce. ‘37: Bel- ma Mikkelson. ’39: Thora Anderson. '29. and lrene Helland. '28. Mr. Joe Seto (43-47) was at the concert also. The Choral Club was treated to a ﬁne lunch after its appearance at Mayville State Teachers College. Mayvillc. S. D.. by Mr. Orrie E. Lar- son. a member of the staff at the col- lege. He is active in the English and dramatics department there. Mr. Lar- son graduated from Augsburg in 1928. The Spring Concert of the Choir “as April 14th at Central Lutheran Church. while the Choral Club will present a concert on April 29th at Oak Grove Lutheran Church. Mr. Le- l'md l3. Sateren is directing both rzroum. parish through informal get-togethers as well as a formal banquet. Youth Caravans from Augsburg have traveled for two previous years and have met such an enthusiastic response from the pastors. that thc\ haw become a most welcome group. In preparation for the tour the group has been not only arranging music. rehearsing. and praying to- gether. but they lune also been giv- ing presentations at public gather- ings. On Saturday evening. April 7th. the group presented a service of mu. sic and witness before an assembled audience of approximately 600 youth from the area around l'irskine. Min- nesota. Tile brass quartet played sev~ crul original arrangements by Doug- las Augustine. one of the group.
Show less

Title: Augsburg Bulletin March 1951, Page 01
Collection: Alumni Magazine Collection
Search Result: VOLUME xur NUMBER :‘ Published by Augsbu rg College and Theological Seminary. Minneapolis. Minnesota. A Lutheran BULLETIN MARCH 1951 A Letter from President Christensen to all Alumni Dear Augsburg Alumnus: Today, as is well known to most of us, the colleges of Our country are facing grave...
Show moreVOLUME xur NUMBER :‘ Published by Augsbu rg College and Theological Seminary. Minneapolis. Minnesota. A Lutheran BULLETIN MARCH 1951 A Letter from President Christensen to all Alumni Dear Augsburg Alumnus: Today, as is well known to most of us, the colleges of Our country are facing grave difficulties, caused by the international situation. Reduced enrollments plus inflation have added to previous financial stringencies to produce a real "crisis in the colleges.” As a result, all the private and church colleges are appealing to their alumni and friends to come to their help in a special way at a critical time. As these lines are being written, the government has announced a new policy which will probably permit many more young men to remain in college next year. For this we are grateful. But for the present year, the situation remains unchanged; and almost everywhere there are dangerously unbalanced budgets. One educational leader has estimated that the Lutheran colleges will be short on an average of from $20,000 to $70,000 for the year’s operations. At Augsburg we shall need approximately $20,000 to $25,000. The Augsburg Foundation is our channel for alumni giving to current expenses. It is the work- ing arm of the Alumni Association. Regular memberships cost $10 per year,- but gifts are gladly received in any amount. And every gift is a real lift in this time of need. We deeply appreciate the efforts being put forth by many Alumni in this project, which will help carry Augsburg through another difficult period. The Church does its part year by year. It is an additional inspiration now again to sense the rallying support also of the alumni group. It is planned to begin soon regular Foundation meetings far united prayer and counsel among Augsburg friends for the purpose of solving Augsburg’s problems. All who can are cordially in- vited to participate. The first session will be announced at the Twin Cities Foundation Rally to be held in April. We need one another more than ever today. There is a great work to be done for Christ in Education at Augsburg. The times challenge each of us today as perhaps never before, to both deeper understanding and deeper commitment to the service of our country and of all mankind. Let us give of our best to the cause that unites us! Yours for Augsburg, (5mm MM BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN
Show less

Title: Augsburg Bulletin March 1951, Page 02
Collection: Alumni Magazine Collection
Search Result: Institutional Chaplaincy Service ALEXANDER BORREVIK, Institutional Chaplain The work of the Chaplaincy Department of the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota has become well known to the Lutherans of this aiea since its activities were accelerated by the appointment of Rev. Frederick Norstad to...
Show moreInstitutional Chaplaincy Service ALEXANDER BORREVIK, Institutional Chaplain The work of the Chaplaincy Department of the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota has become well known to the Lutherans of this aiea since its activities were accelerated by the appointment of Rev. Frederick Norstad to the directorship of the department in 1949. In addition to training Lutheran pastors to serve as hospital chaplains in larger urban areas of Minnesota, Mr. Narstad is also giving clinical training to others who Will be serving in the state hospitals for the mentally ill. Rev. Aleyander Borrevik, an alumnus of Augsburg College and Seminary, is one of the chaplains serving through Lutheran Wel— fare Society. His work consists in serving Lutherans in the hospitals, sanitariums, and correctional institutions of the Duluth area. In the article which follows, Mr. Borrevik gives an insight into the reason for the need of such service and the type of training required. —E. T. “General cure of souls seems at times about as eHective as putting drops into a patient‘s ey es from a third-story window . . . Unless we come to the ground floor with our 'drops“ and get new life into our personal cure of souls, it is very evident that the people at large will be left with- out our ministry." So writes E. G. Culien, Bishop of Tampere. Finland. What pastor hasn't felt his inadequacy in dealing with the people who have special needs? It may be an emotionally disturbed child in the parish. Often it is the family in which there is an inadequate r'llild. or it may be a mentally ill person. In every com- munity there are multitudes of alcoholics who need the friendship and constructive help of a counsellor. Occa- sionally an unwed mother ﬁnds herself desperately in need of counselling and sympathetic understanding. Then there is the delinquent youth, probably the fruit of a broken home, who needs help. In every congregation there are a number of repressed persons who ﬁnd them- selves in deep water continually because of a fundamental lack of knowing and directing their own normal drives. These and many more people with special needs must be reached by the resources of the Gospel. And what Chris- tian worker hasn't felt his helplessness in being able to properly minister to his people? it has been stated. erroneously or otherwise. that many Christian ministers have been living so exclusively in the atmosphere of the church that they have failed to acquaint themselves with the realms of darkness and the depths of human depravity. Their feet are, so to speak. not on the ground. Their understanding of people-—their deeper motivations and difﬁculties. their strengths and weak- nesses is inadequate. Accordingly they fail to meet the deeper needs of troubled souls. A tremendous challenge has come to the church of late. Leading doctors and psychiatrists are recognizing the tre- mendous resources of religion and are asking that clin- ically trained men of God make their contribution to the rehabilitation of people ‘in physical or mental illnesses. The term "psychosomatic medicine". used freely of late. Rev. Alexander Borrevik means that man is not just chemistry. Man’s illness is not purely maladjusted chemicals. It may be that, but it very likely hinges on nialadjusted thinking or lack of faith and peace of soul. Often guilt feelings or terriﬁc hostility in a patient bring about physical or mental illness. The doctor or psychiatrist working together with the chaplain or pastor minister to the total personality. Jesus said again and again. “Peace be unto you". This peace which is the fruit of being in tune with God is recognized as of great value by leading scientiﬁc men today. We are try- ing to meet this great challenge by adding to our semin- aries special courses in pastoral clinical training. Augs- burg. Luther. and Northwestern Theological seminaries are conducting such courses under the able and inspiring leadership of Chaplain Frederic Norstad, Chief of Chap- laincy Services of the Lutheran Welfare Society of Min- nesota. The Minnesota Mental Health Chaplaincy train- ing is also under his able direction. May the Lord bless us as we continue to bring the love and healing of Christ to our many brethren who have special needs. (- ’o’ooooo”o'ooo'oooo~~'m~"~'-~ Annual Alumni Banquet, Thurs., May 31, Nokomis Heights Lutheran Church i l l t t \ \ \ t t l t t t c "OnooomOOONON'W'mW AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota, tinteer as second-class matter March 21, 1947 at the post ofﬁce .1! Minneapolis, Minnesota. Vol. Xll. No. 2 MARCH. 1951
Show less

Title: Augsburg Choir, circa 1957-59
Collection: Photographs

Title: Sverdrup Hall, cornerstone ceremony, 1954.
Collection: Photographs

Title: Science Hall, sewing laboratory, 1953
Collection: Photographs

Title: Augsburgian 1957
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Khin Khin Jensen, 1955
Collection: Photographs

Title: Augsburgian 1958
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Augsburgian 1954
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Augsburg Echo October 17, 1952
Collection: The Augsburg Echo Collection

Title: Augsburgian 1952
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Augsburgian 1956
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Augsburgian 1959
Collection: Augsburgian (Yearbook) Collection

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1953-1954
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR Founded 1869 Catalog Record for 1953-1954 Announcements for 19561955 and 1955-1956 Vol. XVI, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1954 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March 21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. Accreditation and Membership in Educational Associations Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . Administration 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . ......................... 5 . . . Committees of the Faculty 6 The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General Information .. Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Community Life . I 5 . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . 44 44 50 53 63 Student Personnel Services . . CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . . 64 64 68 81 95 The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3 . General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+.. ,, . , . . . . . - . .105 .., Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 CALENDARS For 1954-55and 1955-56 FIRST SEMESTER I955 I954 Freshman Days Sept. 9-13 Registration Sept. 9, 10, Classes begin Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. Sept. 17 Late Registration Fee Sept. 17 Oct. 22-24 Homecoming Oct. 28-30 Nov. Sept. 9-13 Sept. 9, 13 10, 11, Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m. 13 12, End of &st half of Semester Nov. Nov. 25, 26 Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 24, 25 Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m. 1955 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin after Christmas 1956 Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 20-26 College Examinations Jan. 24-27 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-26 Jan. 26 First Semester Ends Jan. 25 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 16-31 10 10 Recess Jan. 17 to Feb. I Jan. 19-25 SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. Feb. 5 Late Registration Fee Feb. 4 Feb. zz Washington's Birthday Feb. End of first half of Semester April 4 April I I, 8:00 a.m. 22 Easter Recess begins Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m April 12, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess ends April 3, 8:00 a.m. May 27 Seminary Commencement May 25 College Examinations May 2 5 to June May 30 Decoration Day May 30 May 29 June 3, 8:00 p.m. Baccalaureate Service June 3 College Commencement June 4. 8:00 p.m. April 6, 4:20 p.m. May 26 to June 2 I b BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term MR. IVER H. IVERSON, min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 expires expires expires expires expires expires expires expires 1957 195 8 1956 1958 I 9 54 1955 I 9 56 1957 Advisory Members DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty MELVINA. HELLAND. AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement CARL R. HAMMAREERG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative S. V. HJ-ELMELAND IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar .W. r.. .bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor k\ .IT - REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs. Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson. Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. MEDICAL n A F F Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N., Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton. Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson. Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also included in this committee). Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee). Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd. Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included in this committee). 1953-1954 Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Nelson, Savold. Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also included in this committee). The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n . Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. ~ A R ERMISCH, L Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augaburg 1928-1952. h h ~ v mA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y , 1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAUL G. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54 A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47. FREDERICNORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. AUGSBURG COLLEGE KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc* of -es~m, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952. MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Atigsbug since 1949. C. WESLEYANDERSON, M.Mus., Instructor in Music A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936; MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School, Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At Augsburg since I 9 5 3. ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950. PEGGY SMITH B ~ E YB.S., , Instrwtor in MllSjc B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953. EVABAVOLAK, AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege, A b e r d ~ S. , Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLD J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary, Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsbug since 1954. LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science CARLCHRISLOCK, A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. . LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3. MIKELISGEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege, Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar rind Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since r947. EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since '952- MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947. W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3. ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics .4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948. Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota, 1951-1:. ~ 4 Augburg t Skcf 191 j. BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of hgwgas A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since CARL W. LANDAHL, M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic A.B., Ud&ty d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit, Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. AUDREYLANDQUIST, MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937. A t Augsburg since 1946. ROBERT E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911. Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948, 49. A t Augsburg since 1950. ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M., , Imtructos in English A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton, 1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945. Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School, 1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. m., MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. JOHN GERDA MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach. of Football md Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. &EN Y. NELSON, Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding: H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44; , University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd Seminary Faculty listing. ANKEPEDERSON, A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46; Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK, A.B., Director of Admissions A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy.. 1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I. TIN QL~ASBECX, Ph.D., Dem of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M., ; University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D., 1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn., , 1929-36. Teaching: W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS. LELAND B. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Music AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and' Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952. RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936. A.t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn. Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I. ~MERTON P. STROMMEN, A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota, 19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948; Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since '947. MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. ~ ~ V E. T TRAUTWEIN, N A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r , V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949; PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. General Information PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Ohurch. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to the end that he may become an eeective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests, amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his eaciency in the various relationships of life. T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup- port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS. Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of- fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on ~ 3 r Avenue d across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many t s . There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm. sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three 2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean. OF NURSING AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.- Financial Information STUDENT EXPENSES A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERALEXPENSES FOR ONE SEMESTER' Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe. Subject to change. ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER' Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee, depending upon the methad of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7.50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER ...................................... Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano ' .. Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 1 . Subject to change Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53, 54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 o 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 2.00 4.00 5.00 2.5 o I. 50 15.00 Resident students General expenses . . , , . . . . . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Room and Board Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o OiX-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . Special, music, or course fees Total, approximately . . . . . . , . . . . $245.50 to 260.50 . . . . . .2.00 to 35.00 . . . $247.50 to 295.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s. Rw-g dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.% miniftlum df 205% of the tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. Subject to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes. The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances. Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of the Fr&a year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee. The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student r of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. H o # w n M&I Sckohshifi was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa. The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing. The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph, Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00 per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. Student Community Life 1 3 CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. DISCIPLINE The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political, social, religious, and artistic. RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. STUDENT AREAS The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters for many student events and provide opportunity for students, both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium, the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study and discussion groups. The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all student activities. The program of student activities is organized through the Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and the Faculty Council. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and to provide students with training in practical democracy and in developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of the entire student body, it is the agency for student government on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent Association has !ken formed by the Student Council. Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities. Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in maintaining order in che Hall. Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors each have their own class organization and participate in student government. ACADEMIC Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further the scientific interests of the students. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. ARTS The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production. Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays are additional means of oral expression. Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the fellowship of music and song. Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers. From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states. The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o . Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954 were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a "Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting, sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited. ATHLETICS All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at the beginning of the school year. Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster and increase interest in recreational games and sports. Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis, badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self- discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. CITIZENSHIP Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood. Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes. *Human Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations. Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on Political Action during March. The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of the day. SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program. The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to both men and women interested in improving public speaking techniques. Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross, March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys. PUBLICATIONS Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook and Directory. The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work. The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose interests lie in writing, photography, and art. All publications are student operated. Their primary function is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to year from the perspective of the student. RELIGIOUS LIFE The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings. This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows: Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival. Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences. SOCIAL Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the % i c e Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION College students face many new opportunities and not a few problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years of college. In order to help students to make the most of the opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems, Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students. These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee. FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. By means of such informational material and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances, social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with House and Edda House Morton Hall housing twenty, %am each housing eighteen women. The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. ' After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE I + The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence. Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. PLACEMENT SERVICE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. The employment service which assists students in obtaining part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application, together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I . Requirements for Admission ~ u g s b u College r~ admits as students, men and women of g o d moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on &e basis of comprehensive examinations. Admission of Veterans Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college. In order to receive college credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. Registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sugcient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. ~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the lbeginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce in order to remain in good standing. By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. Classification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h d reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice. Grade Values A-Superior, g honor points per credit %Very good, 2 honor points per credit I honor point per credit &Satisfactory, M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E--Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education. sional fields or for a Religion 2 credits each semester English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature. 3 credits Speech: Course I I Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement. Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC. credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6 I Natural kiences and 3 other 6 credits 8 credits Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4 3 credits Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology required in certain fields Orientation required of all Freshmen 4 credits I credit Upper Division MAJORAND MINORS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses. TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR POINTS The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a gade of A. ENGLISHPROFICIENCY In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREEWITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor pointa per credit 2.8-3.0 -7942.1-2.49+ 2.5-2 Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. RECOMMENDATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for tbe vocation of his choice. Tbe Christiafi Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Frerhmln Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation .................... Health ....................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English .............. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . or Natural Science. 8 Cr. kiobgy ..................... I 2 1 6 8 6 6 - Sophomore speech .................... Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History .................... or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 J h New Testament Greek.. ........ Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . . History or English . . . . . . . . . . . . Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6 6 6 2 4 - Senior Youth Work in the Church.. . . . . Principles of Christian Education. .. History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education or Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s 2 6 3 6 6 6 - The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed in the outline below. Freshman Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology . . So&l Problems . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Phpical Activities . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3 Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Junior Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . Principles of Christian Edwatim . . . Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . . Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . ............... General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health ........................ z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Senior z t 2 n 3 3 I 6 I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb. Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . . Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3 Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Sophomore ' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 \ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6 \3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ~ o r r i g a-ge or N.N.~ Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . .Foreign . . . Language . . . I or N a d phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 H4 T q h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . - 13 - C .7., 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3 Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3 W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 & in Major or Minor.- . . . .14 Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Special T&g Me-. ....... 3 Electives ..................... .I4 32 32 - - The program in bminesc administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree. Fruhmvl Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English ............... 6 European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education ............. I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6 B h Law .................. 3 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ele~rireC ~ ................ P 10 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech ............... Natural Science ........ Psychology ............ Principles of Economics . . Introduction to Statistics. Elective credits . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . . 3 Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9 Secretarial Work Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of a proficiency test . . . . . Pint Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . Elementary Typewriting . Intermediate Typewriting P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g . Otiell~tion............ Phyniul Education ...... Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z Advanced Shorthand ............ 4 Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O9ice Machines ................ 2 Coneumer Edocttion ............ z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 . 32 V o c a t in ~ Home EEmwmics From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation Physical Education . . . . English . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Physics. . . Principles of Chemistry Art in Daily Living. . . . Clothing Selection . . . . Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . Clorhiig Construction . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . Economics . . . . . . . . . . Marriage and Family Principles af Sociology Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . Child Development . . Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching in High School.. . . . Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color and Design . . . . . . . . . Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 z 3 4 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . History and Philosophy of Educa- z 3 3 r 6 - Home Management Problems. . . . Home Management Laboratory. . Advanced Clothing Construction Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. Dentistry Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry ......................... 8 Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa- . .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0 orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I sly+ - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - . General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 34 32 Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8 .. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4 r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3 orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . 33 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6 . .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6 .......................3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HumoPitiea speech N a d Physical Education . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4 B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 a d t r y .................... Second Year 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2 - Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . 2 - 14 2 Medical T e c h l o g y Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . General Zoology . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . S p e d ........................ Foreign Language .............. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sacialsciexlce . . . . . Orientatkn . . . . . . . .Health . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives ......... k 8 4 3 8 5 - 32 J 4 -Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4 l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 32 Senior Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd work at General 1for twelve months. 32 Engineering A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics ................ 8 Orientation .................... I Physical Education ............. I Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4: Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8: Survey of European Civilization or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 3.6 36 - - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session. Law The following two-year program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School! at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6 Hnmanitk .................... 6 Eozopean Ci...........6 O r i e n h .................... He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pbpkd Activitk .............. I 2 I - -re Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r. chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6. American Government ........... 6 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3; General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . + HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f - Medicine ~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of* bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts ~ C ~& &d btamtol ~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~ The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&. &CWb& Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health ........................ z Physical Education ............. I Religion ...................... 4 History or Phdomphy ........... 6 Zoology ..............,....... 8 Psychology .................... 4 Qualitative Analyaia ............ q Quantitative Analysin ? . , ...... 5 Speech .................. , ..... 3 32 34 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S o c i d Science .................. German ....................... Organic Chemistry ............. Phyeica ....................... 4 6 8 8 -8 34 Sophomore .. - Senior Religion ....................... 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German ....................... 6 Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I Genetics ...................... 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro 32 Social Wad For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 / European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @ Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation ................... I Health ........................ r Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 American Government . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -c Senior 4 6 9 6 7 32 Religion Sociology Statistics Electives ................. , 4 ............... 9 .................... 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16 32 Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn Religion Philosophy Mr. Olson,-C DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art "" DIVISION OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman -.-History, Political Science, Sociology Education, Psychology Library Science Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Mr. Nash, Chairman Courses of Study Courses marked I are offered &st semester Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of and encouraged to build an the certainties of the Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t of view--to relate himself to Christ aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed d, and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. tbe central realities of Me Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the &I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea. Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement. Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire ~ e ; Testament. I, 2. CHURCH HUTORY.L s Cr. A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip. 3. -ION AND 65 hmnso~~y 2 0. THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN WORLD.n. A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh, of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture. 4. THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I. s Cr. The &nary motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 5. 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION. n. r Cr. Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 6. 2 Cr. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.I. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion. 7. 8. CHRISTIAN ETHICS. II. t Cr. The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God. The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL See Course 10 under che Department of Music. 2 Cr. GROUPACTMTY. See Course $ 3 under Education. I Cr. 10. zj. Upper Division Colcrses $2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world $3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES. I. z a. Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment, docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church. $4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH. H. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra F m churck. PROBLEMS m CHRISTIANLIVING.I. 2 CI. A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 5. 56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11. z Cr. A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere. PI~PNwou. L Thb e o ~ ueka c to f m d k h the student with &e work of s7. tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from 4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work. 2 Cr. parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres z cr. GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT. I. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and 59. made aipdicant for our day through the study of a number of g n a t passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n. 2 ~ r . A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor. 15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN ES WESTFXN no^. I, I,. A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought 6 Cr. u rdlected in outrrroding workr in the &I& of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.) INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. SO. I. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge. 25. 26. LOGIC.So. 11. valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11. 6 cr. An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion. 5 4 ~ O L OF Y POLITICAL THOUGWT. Jr., Sr. See c o w 54 under Political Science. II. 3 Cr. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t . 55. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.) X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq. D. 41 or 42. 11. 3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1954-55.) 56. 5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY OF ART. n. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms 60. through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.) e: Division of the Humanities AUGSSU~G C~UEGE 68 The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Classical Lampages The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. GREEK Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for credits the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester, in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. NEWT E S T ~GREEK T ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT ~ GREEK. I, R. 8 0. Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions. I-2.f Upper Division Caurses f I, 52. fin,AND ACTS I-=. 53, 54. LUKEI-= AND n. ROMANS.I, U. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax, and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56; 'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55. w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course. 8 0. 6 Cr. Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.) 3, 4. HEBREW 83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI. See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10. 6 Cr. EXEGESIS.I, 11. 8 5, 86. HEBREW See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18. 4 Cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity. The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.) Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92; 6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26, Journ. I, or Journ. 3). Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature. Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature. A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high schools. Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses 7 5 and 76. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. IMPROVEMENT OF WRITING.I. o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I. A. B. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment. FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers. I-2.f FRESENGLISH. I, n. 6 Cr. For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions. 3-4.t MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama. 21, 22. EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research papers. Reading and analysis of models. 25. CREATIVE WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice of the short story. Individual and group projects. 26. Upper Division Colcrses so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing. AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n. 6 Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.) 5 I, 5 2. AMERICANFICTION. I. 3 Cr. A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.) 5 3. AMERICANPOETRY.11. 3 Cr. Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.) 54. W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc. (Offered 1954-55.) 5 5. 56. THEMODERN SCANDINAVIAN D w . II. 7. Cr. See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature. (Offered 1954-55.) THEB m n NOVEL. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 57. 61. ENGLISH LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT. I. The development of Romanticism in England between 3 Cr. 1798 and 1832. Stress on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor poets. (Offered 1914-55.) 62. VICTORIAN ~ E R A T U B B .II. 3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning. (Offered 1955-56.) CENTURY ~ ENGLISH L~~ERATUE. I. 67. E I G H T E E 2 Cr. The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds. LITERARY CRITICISM. II. 2 Cr. A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and 68. issues which have special relevance for modern thought. 3 cr. The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. 71. INTRODUC~ON TO MODERN ENGLISH. I. 74. s~naesp- 11. 3 Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the ,historical background. 75. MILTON. I. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.) 11. 76. CHAUCER. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.) MODERN DRKMA. I. 2 cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.) 8I. MODERNBR~T~SH ~ h n ~ n n u11 i.. 2 Cr. The more important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions. 82. 91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI. 2 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. I % Cr. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. z Cr. An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See courses 4 to 7. I. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER n. z Cr. A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir required. (Offered 1954-15.) FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION. U. 2 Cr. articles and their placement in various The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.) 3. Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL 2 Cr. Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings. These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged. 4~ 5. Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS. I, IL t C c. Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7. ing#. Department of Speech The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought. The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. .fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both ouneeters. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1 ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76. 4. REMEDIAL SPEECH. Open to all studena. o Cr. For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright. 3 Cr. BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g I 2. aativi*. 15. STORY TELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.) ~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I, ~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate 21, 22. 2 a. question for the year. I Cr. Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor. 24. ORATORY. Open to all students. I. IN~RETAT RJZADING. I V E So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.) 3 I. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING.SO. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and skits; participation in dramatic productions. Upper D i v i s h Cmrses GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1954-51.) 11. SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11. 54. WIO z Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered 1914-55.) 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE.Prereq. I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1955-56.) 2 Cr. PERSUASION. Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 62. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. s Cr. A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. 64. (Offered 1955-56.) STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d 66. 1954-55.) 2 Cr. SPEECHHYGIENE. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered 74. 1954-55.) SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 1% cr. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 76. Department of Germatm MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BHEE~PNWG GERMAN.I, IX. 8 0. A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the student attains a reading knowledge. 3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 6 Cr. This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the study of easy prose and poetry. -&mstion both -eaters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Upfir Division Cmrses 5 I, 5 z. GERM~N LITERATURE. I, TI. 6 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. C Sr. I. 74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES. See course 74 under Education. 1% Cr. Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. Minor, 24 credia. I, n. 8 0. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 14.t BEGINN~NG NORWEGIAN. Fr. INTERMED~TE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, TI. 6 Cb. Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 3-4.t HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.) I I. DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN SCANDINAVIA. 'II. 3 Cr. A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.) 16. SOCIAL Upper Division Co~rses THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr. ature. Jr., Sr. I. The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered 55. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN 2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.) Sr. I. 7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES. t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb Borh semesters. Department of Romance Languages at& T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d work, nsd bntintrr -tiom indhigh r h l teoehing, tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of p t b k a u r w c o b l e h time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ , and id&. Minor, zo credits I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL 8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . ) INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative of French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.) 3-4.t Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr- Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) CONVERSATION, fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL EY. 3 Cr. 12. FRENCHPHONETICS, A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and' composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~. ST. L See course 78 under Education. 78. &or, zo credits. I-2.t h BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 0. The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language. tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student both ~mrtcn. QW complete INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, U. 6 Cr. The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language. 3-4.f Upper Division Collrses SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) 5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) Sr. I. I % Cr. 78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES. See course 78 under Education. 5 I. Department of Music MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST, MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f l o w d dhctam af choral md d pjrma.lh tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~ rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in tbeadafmwk MU& A Graduation Major (36#edits) the cmnple- 7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66; , q &&e 77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt I, 2, of the following: credits from 10, z credits in piano or organ.) A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following: I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano or organ). One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl music majors. - . ~ t h u t h cno w . both semesters. To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d t e * A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d ~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~ Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique. A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6 credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music). I, 2 , A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following: 15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music. I, 2, Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in ,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete semesters. Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass. Fees per semester: Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00, Brass (class instruction) $14.00. (Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.) , C, TRAINING. I, 11. 4 fi. course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology. r , > k and melody. Special attention is given to right tcales, intervals, triads, ih+, ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation. 4 Cr. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering bor 8, or have consent of instructor. ,7, 8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE Cnvacn. ILL a Cr. A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n Cbrud, with &s attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in 10. Uuiatiallity. 4 ck. of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing. -tinuation amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete both semesters. - Upper Division Cwrses 4 fi. monkation of +ed bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion, advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano. 61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Prercq. I, 2. I, IL 4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2. I, IL 4 (3- Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G. Prereq. Jr. I, ll. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 4 Cr. A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who wish training in church choir administration and direction. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 77. MUSICAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 78. TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II. See course 87 under Education. 87. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOL MUSIC.Sr. I. See course 88 under Education. 88. s Cr. 2 Cr. CLUB OR BAND. I, IL z Cr. &on, CHORAL M m s CHORUS.I, 11. I Cr. These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters. s Cr. PIANO.I, n. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete both semesters. ORGAN.I, 11. z Cr. Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. I or 2 Cr. n. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I or z Cr. Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra is offered as follows: a) Private instruction-ne lent) per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva- thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, II. 4 Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.) I , 2. PAINTING.I, 11. 4 Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems 3, 4. in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.) Division of the Social Sciences I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'# u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to his vocation. Department of History and Political S d e n c e The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s. For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor. SURVEY OF EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2.1 HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTIIIES.I. 3 Cr. See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. I I. -./ r \ HISTORY OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ. 6 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 21, 22. Upper Division Cmrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 5 1. THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.) 52. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A study of Latin America and its development. A !Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 54. EASTERN EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II. The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of 3 a- Rd. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., 3 Cr. Sr. I. A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including consideration of international policies. 55- 56. A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY. Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.) HISTORY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 62. CANADIAN The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.) EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr. 71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.) 81, 82. THETWENTIETH CENTURY. Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. (Offered 1954-55.) 101. HISTORY SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty. z Cr. A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing the study of hiitory in a graduate school. <; credits. Minor, OF AMERICAN ~ ~ R N M E N T I, . 11. \,6 C . PRINCIPLES 41-42.? Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester. ,73 Upper Division Courses PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 5 3 . POLITICAL 3 ,Cr. A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both smesters. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES i 54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. -fi. A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance from ancient Greeks to the present. 56. AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II. !he c o m e 56 under History. 60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or 3 Cr. American Government. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics. TEACHING OF W E SO= STUDIES. Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. 86. I % Cr. Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Minor in Socid Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Department of Sociology ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department of History and Political Science. Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2 also required. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. IN. SOCIOLOGY.I. A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change. 2. %Brto-s. Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL 3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh wx & p i n of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of there proceand adjustment problems. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. See course 4 under Department of Business Administration. 14. HUMAN GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI. 3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II. 3 Cr. See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 22. SOCIOLOGY OF R u m L F IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis ia placed on the dynamics of change. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. I. Upper Division Courses SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I. 3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors, cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships. 51. CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. 3 Cr. THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I. j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the ~ ~ of modern c nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.) . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 93. k d INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.) 55. 56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n. See course 56 under Department of Business Administration. 3 FIELDSOF S O CWORH. ~ Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, other community agencies. 57. crCr. and the and COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES.I, n. t Cr. The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff. 59, 60. SOCI~~L PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s , and eocial control. 61. 86. TEACHING OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I. See course 86 under Education. I % Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on ,the high school level. AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52. In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology. No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. PSYCHOLOGY O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters. I. I G. freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep aration, and development of personality. D e a i g d .to &st PSYCHOLOGY AND ORENTATION. Fr. I. This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology 3 Cr. and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted. 3. I JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer per week. GENERALPSYCHOWGY. I, TI. 4 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6. eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq. heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life. SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 61. 3 Cr. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11. A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of 62. their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d I95 5 - 5 6.) , PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. EDUCATIONAL A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school context. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11. 5 1. TEAC~IWG T d b gw Min m b h m w md c 00 & 3 Cr. h management. hcludu a study of the secondary need# of youth. 53, 54. GROUPA c m r Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion 6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and 52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. PPP~CIPLES OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11. 3 G. A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t gaidaria, including counseling. 5 5. HXSTOPY AND PHILO~OPHY OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are 58. Tbe casn S U ~ . Specid Tescbing Metbods The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization, lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W. TEACH~NG OF G ~ M A N I C LANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I. T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. T E A C H ~ OF G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1% 0. I % Cr. 1% 0. % Cr. I % Cr. I Cr. z Cr. r Cr. 1% Cr. t Cr. 1 % Cr. 2 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I. 96. STUDENTTEACHING. Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college mpervisor and selected critic t&. The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor ahe &l . . &ra,nyB n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation, . a iwho01 in library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader. Minor, 16 credits. 3 Cr. BASIC FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY. Jr. I, 11. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.) y 5-56?. 57-58t. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1955-56.) S9-60f. SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.) I Cr. 61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I. Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.) 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.) t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. .. Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics and.Seaetarial Studies W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate work in business and economics. Major, P d i t s ; courses required are Speech I I and History 21 and 22. I , 2, Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are Upper Division courses. I, 2. PRINCIPL~S OF I, 4, I 1, I 6, z, 4, I y, 13. Also required are I6 and six credits in ACCOUNTING. FL I, n. An introduction to the -principles of accounting and their application single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. a. ,, INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U. A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series, tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data. 4- 15, p- 16. PWCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. SO. I,n. .;6-,G. A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$ p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia , public life. Upper Division Courses MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I. 3 0. A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d , and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and 5 I. in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations. (OfTered 1951-16.) 7 - - -- social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro governmeat legislation. 3 Cr. LABOPAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by -0 d h &dr The objective ia to picture the dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur and to investigate pordbiitk cb rt%ir*ing b y cam^ of &e whole through edacation and 56. ' government control. 3 Cr. PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1. An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration problems. (Offered 1954-55.) 5,. 59. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. Prereq. I, 2, 4, 15, 16. E. I. 3 Cr. The p-e of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal* of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd. -- 3 Cr." 60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION. Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes, expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization. BUSINESS FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62. tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term capital financing are studied. SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling, market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected seniors in business. 71, 72. ?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr ~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue. t h o in A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum hous, including I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration 16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. , including A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16. of 37 I . 2, I J , ELEMENTARY T Y P E W R ~Offered G . both semesters. I Cr. A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three burs , p r week. I. 2. EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11.. 2 Cr. P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 6 Cr. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND. Prereq. 2. I, 11. Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. ,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters. 2 Cr. S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week. 8. fCo~itm&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte both semesters. 5 I. Upper Division Cmrses ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING. I. JZ. SEC~BTARIAL P R a c n a . Prereq. z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week. I , 2, 3-4. 11. 3 Cr. Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development, and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job. Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week. ~ N C E SHORTHAND. D I, n. 4 Cr. Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week. 82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS. I % Cr. Sr. I. See course 82 under Education. J 3-54.$ Depertment of Home Economics MISS SEGOLSON, MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that d l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond, to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57. 66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ. Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6. Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or 'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md 76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course plonr. I. CLOTHING SELECTION, C a m , AND bus. I. 3 fi. A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing. B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered. +tinuation both semesters. course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. II. 2 Cf. course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per t. This ,we&. 3. Am w DAILY LIVING.I. 3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all rtudents. E L B ~ ~ NOF T SNUTRITION. 11. 3 Cr. Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. GROUPACTMTY. See courses 53, 54 under Education. 23. 33. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging, and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week. 36. CMETS.II. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1955-56.) PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 7 or af h u u c t o r . I, 11. pe&n 6 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 39, 40. MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II. 3 Cr. A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m . 42. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. IL 2 Cr. A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. 44. Upper Division Cmrses 57. TEXTILES. I. s Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection, me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.) n. 66. HOME PLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls, r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting, arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per week 68. F ~ I L HEALTH. T I. r Cr. Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One lecture period and one double laboratory period per week. HOMEMANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. ~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.) 72. CONSUMER EDUCATION AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N It.T . t CT. The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 73. 76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION. G Prereq. 2. U z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. and Education 5 2. Sr. I. z Cr. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics l e n rhc p w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the of Narurd Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives of his feuow men. &&c Department of Biology The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count toward the major or minor. WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11. O Cr. I-zt. THE NATURAL The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and ences. Four discussions. gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week. Designed particularly for student nurses. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 - ~ 4GENERAL .t ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. ' 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week. I $ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete b t h sem+ters. GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II. 8 ~r. y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f W by a -. of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week 25, 26. Thk m a d 51. Upper Division Courses GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. ECOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I. 3 G. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 54. GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. U. 1-2 Cr. Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.) 80. TEACH~NG OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 1% Cr. The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective u promotion of acient%c proach. thinking and sciendfic ap- Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied Mathematics. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward the major or minor. THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II. For course description see Department of Biology. r-zt. 8 Cr. 3N. CHEMISTRY FOR NURSES.I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. 4. AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11. 8 cr. 5-6.f INORGANIC A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 4 Cr. 5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II. 5 Cr. General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week. 5 2. ORGANICCHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 8-10 Cr. A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.) 53-54.t $6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete both semesters. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics 5 and 6. Sr. II. 5 Cr. An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.) 55. PHYSICS Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor. THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. For corn description see Department of Biology. 1-2$. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home. 3. or concurrent registration in Math. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. I 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science considered. 5 I. 4 Cr. theory, physics will be ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week. 52. 80. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Teacbiug Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Dqxrtment of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits. Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. 3' Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. A. B. SOLIDGEOMETRY. Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So. I, II. 10 Cr. This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I , 2. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Prereq. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 5. ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY. ~ Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 6. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 Z. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. SO., Jr. I, 11. I0 0. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are developed and applications made. SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY. Prereq. z. Sr. I 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb. 53. 54. THEORYOF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. 84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I. Cr. I Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote a weli-rounded physic21 education program. health and physical fitness &ugh to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse of the physical education program. A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major and Minor Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 , 5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84. Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84. Minor, formen: 21 2, credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54 j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen. Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96 Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education. PERSONALAND COMMUNITY ~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11. I Cr. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. I Cr. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school 5. mema -~ONAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. n. I cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and m&ed games. 6. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.) 8. I Cr. TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. I I. 12. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 4 Cr. 13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11. Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 16. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.) 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.) 27. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. r Cr. Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football, basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.) 29. Ufifier Division Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. 2 Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-. (Offered 1954-55.) 50. SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, bumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 5 I. FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS. Jr. II. I 0. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. (Offered 1955-56.) 52. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh and physical education curriculum. 53. AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 54. ORGANIZATION EDUCATION. Sr. IL 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and physical education. 2 Cr. COACHING OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I . Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor. 55. 56. COACHING OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II. 2 a. Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor. Sr. II. I Cr. 84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.) r Cr. 85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11. PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational work. (Offered 1954-55.) 94. TEACHING OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL E D U C ~ ~ OSr. N . I. Mcchods and materials in health and physical education. 2 Cr. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Admiseion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy z I years year In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many as possible of the following: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A catificate of good health. These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faaulty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg. Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Conditions and Incompletes A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high. Expenses Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester. S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s . See page 2 5 . Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the rhree years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Facultv Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology. Seminary Internship In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune. A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service per;ad. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Service. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses J& Yen THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical *With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical z Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. 4. THEOL~GICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and to the whole realm of human knowledge. I Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of Luther. I Cr. Old Testament & STENSVMG FOR BEGINNERS. The &st year is devoted to a study of the 9-10. HEBREW essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr. torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual 3 Cr. freedom. (Offered 1916-57.) I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr. lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.) 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the 3 Cr. post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.) 17-18. HEBREW EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.) 4 Cr. A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned I Cr. topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.) New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 22. 23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the r Cr. English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.) 26. 1-12. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered 1954-55.) 3 Cr. 27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1955-56.) 3 Cr. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The 28. problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the ,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.) Church History MR. SONNACK 40-41. 'lh. EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.) 4 Cr.. 42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr. form. (Offered 1956-57.) ment 43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr.. Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.) 44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on 2 Cr, the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.) CHURCHHISTORY. Early colonization; planting of churches; 45. &=CAN church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . ) OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr. 47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered 1956-57.) I Cr- Systematic Theology fi.&ON . intended to introduce the student to the field 50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.) 11. THEOLOGY ~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special 3 Cr. topics. (Offered 1954-55.) 52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. (Offered 1955-56.) 54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls .of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.) 4 Cr. 56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its .doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.) z Cr. 57. COMPARATIVE SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr. tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry. SOUL-CARE AND THE SPIRITUAL LFE. A study of Christian experience 61. and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr. 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad. This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help. I Cr. 6 3 . EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, 2 Cr. .and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.) 65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF E PREACHING.Technical and psychological ,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant practice in delivery. Middlea. z Cr. 'lining 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Senion. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.) z Cr. 71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.) I Cr. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr. An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.) I Cr. D. Christim Education and Sociology 76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION. Studies in the application of basic principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.) z Cr. 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task z Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRISAND SOCLU WOE This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr. ports, and institutional visits. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954 Third Year Berkland, Theodore A. Christopherson, James E. . .Minneapolis Valley City, N. D. . . . . . ..Minneapolis .. ... . . . . . . . Erickson, Stanley R. .............. Gudim, Milo D. . . . . .McVille, N. D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . . Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar . . . . . . .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. . . . . . . Minneapolis ............ .. Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy H. . . Dahle, Norman A. . . . . Halverson, William H. Johnson, Morris M. . . Oman, Lyman F. .Racine, Wis. ....... ... ... . . . . Rokke, David H. ... Swanson, Edward E. . . Amery, Wis. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Thorpe, Gordon D. . . Underbakke, Leland B. Aniwa, Wis. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis First Year Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph E. . Carlsen, Glenn T. . . Goodrich, Quentin A. Lyngdal, Lloyd W. Peterson, Gerald J. Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis , , , , , , , , . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Quentin G. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rimmereid, Arthur V. . . . . Stenberg, Roger W. Unseth, Malcolm W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha New Rockford, N. D. . . . . . .Portland, Ore. .. Specials Estness, Borghild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , . . .Minneapolis . .Minneapolis Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Registered for second semester only. COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954 SENIORS Aosen, Hildegarde E. . Allor, Donold J. . . . . . . Andersen, Donald W. . . Anderson, Arthur L. . . . Anderson, Janice A. . . . Anderson, Robert H. (1) . . .Winger Minneapolis . . . .Wayzoto .Minneopolis .Minneapolis . Minneapolis Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . . Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . . Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . . Botko, Willord J. . . . . St. Louis Park . .Minneapolis . .Ottowo, Ill. .Minneapolis Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . . Corlson, Roger E. . . . . Chilstrom, Herbert W. . Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis . Litchfield . Minneopolis Dill, Donald J. Dorr, Ardis S. . .Elk River . .Mentor Argusville, N. D. Longseth, Robert V. . Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis Marquordt, William G. . . . . . .St. Paul . . . .Worthington Mothiason, Alan E. Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior. Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Gordon A. . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock Cumberland, Wis. Nyhus, Edward 0. Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con. Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis. Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . . ~ i ~ ~ ~ Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis. Evenson, Leland E. . . . . . . ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Fisher, W. . . . . . . . . . Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~ Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~~l~~~ ~ r K.t ~ . . .~. . .~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ h Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis ~ ~ b paulette ~ t . .~. whitefish, ~ ~ M, ~ ~ ~ . Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D. P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul kolf, ~~~i~ Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D. Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D. Sandquist, Shirley K. . . . . .Cambridge Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Skogen, Clyde L. . . . . . . . . . . . Isle Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D. Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D. tSolberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . .Ray, N. D. Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Trelstad, Jerome C. . . . . .Minneapolis Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis. Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis. Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Warner, Elaine W. (1) . . . . . . . . Duluth Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D. ~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D. Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D. Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. t Deceased, September 28, 1953. Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . . Men ............ Women . . . . . . . . . Spring Grove JUNIORS Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis. Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria .St. Paul Anderson, Theodore W. ........ Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis. Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro Bodin, Wesley J. .Minneapolis Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D. Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......... Collins, Jane B. ............. .Monticello Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dronen, Richard A. .Minneapolis ........ Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can. Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck .Mlnnwpolh Halling, Beverly J. Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D, Hansen, Ronald M. .Park Ridge, 121. Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver ......... ..... Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon .Minneapolis Johnson, Merlyn R. (2). ..... Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D. Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead Lelvis, Patricia M. .Chatham, Mich. Ludviksen, Stanley B. .Portland, Ore. Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park ....... ..... Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass. Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis. Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul ..........Minneapolis ..............Madelia ........ .Minneapolis .........Golden Valley Nelson, Lennart D. Nelson, Philip A. Nordstrom, Ethel C. Olson, Damaris R. Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston Pousi, Ruth M. Quanbeck, Paul M. ..........Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis Roesler, William A. (2) .St. Paul ......... Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill. Siegel, Donald W. (1). .Chicago, Ill. Skaar, David W. Rockford, Ill. Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D. Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson ...... ........... Thoreson, Wayne 1.. Twedt, Agnes S. Tweet, Agnes M. ............Peterson ........ .McHenry, N. D. .......Tunbridge, N. D. West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill. Wolden, Gerhard P. Estherville, Iowa ..... Men ............................ Women (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. ..................Dam1 Total 58 .........................29 ......................... 87 SOPHO Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis. Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie Anderson, Keith 0. . . .Sacred Heart Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis. Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D. Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111. Homme, Gloria (1) . . .Minneapolis Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis Barber, Robert E. . . . . . Boxter, Gerald . . . . . . Berg, Robert M. (1) . . . Berkas, Theodore S. . Berntson, Irving E. .. Beyers, Jomes R. M. . Boroos, J. Shermon . Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 ) Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul .Saginow, Mich. . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . St. Paul . . . . . . Kenyon . . ..Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . .Dowson . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis . .Clorkfield Christensen, Orlo J. . . Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis. . . . . . . . Brainerd Conyers, LeRoy H. Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton Dohl, Marilyne J. . Dohl, Sylva M. . . . Dickens, Clora M. . Doerr, Wayne P. (2) . . Glenburn, N. D. . . . . . . . . .Wasem . Harrisburg, S. D. . . . . . Minneapolis Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Erickson, George H. Tacoma, Wash. Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Glenwood Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. . Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . . Bagley Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . . McGregor Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis. Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gennrich, Gretchen G. . . . .Minneapolis Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D. Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena, . Wis. Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis. Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash. Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D. Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich. Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill. Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore. Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis. Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis Minneapolis Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . . Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Bertha . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Quanbeck, Norman J. Rowig, Bruce W. Rudell, Violeite I. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aniwa, Wis. Thorpe, Mark C. . . . . Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Thorvig, Kathryn L. . . . . Minneapolis Urness, John L. .Thief River Falls Saastad, Jerrold A. . Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade Northwood, N. D. Sather, Dayne W. . Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D. . . .Buxton, N. D. Stoa, Harold M. . . . . Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh . Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D. Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2) ... Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 - Total ......................... 131 FRESHMAN Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif. Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont. Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Braseth, Mary Ann . . . .Amery, Wis. Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck . Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burke, Dorothy A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ... Carlson, Jerry D. . . . Carlson, Roger A. . . Carlson, Stanley C. . . Carrelli, Robert A. . . Christensen, Arlett P. Christensen. Don E. . Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . . . .Montevideo Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis West Concord Emerson, Myron A. (2) . Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian Flockoi, Rolf A. (1). . Bellingharn, Wash. Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill. Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor Grimtad, S a m ................Benson Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D. Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont. Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore. Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis. Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D. Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick . Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeska Robert ................... Fosston Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill. Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St. . Paul Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . . St. Paul Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D. Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata Kolden, Lois J. . . . . . . . .Portland, Ore. Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D. Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis. Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore. Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y. Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D. Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale . . . . . . . .St. James Munson, Howard E. Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Murch, Constance H. Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis. Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis. Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . . . .St. James Olsen, Duane A. . . . . Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich. Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Jeanette I. . . . . Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson . . . .Minneapolis Rodintz, Rolland A. . Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis. . . . Minneapolis Reinke, Martin F. (2). . Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D. Rokke, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Strandquist Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D. Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis. Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D. Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D. Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis. Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D. Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines Stewart, Williom H. (1) . . . .Minneapolis Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D. Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill. . . . . . .Minneapolis Tatting, Jean F. . Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D. Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D. Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont. Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y. Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis Men . . Women Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 ........... -. . . . 262 SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla. Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis. Manthie, Russell ( 1 ) Martinsen, Ralph W. (2) Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2) ill^^, james W. (2). . . . . . ~ ~~ ~l W. Bucyrus, ~~ l ~ N. d D. , ~~ Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J. paulson, philip H. Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. keichstadt, ~ l H. ~. . ~ Rundquist, Bertil G. (1) . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fenske, Delmour W. Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash. Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D. Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis Okan, ROY C. (1). oudol, Yvonne M. . Minneapolis d. .Center City , Minneapolis ,. . Minneapolis Chicago, Ill. Siegel, David Sigle, Clara 0. Thompson. Agnes E. . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis . . Thorson, Arthur W. New Brighton Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth, ~ Marvin S. . . . Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . . Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). . Willmar Larson, Robert C. (1) .. Robbinsdale Magnuson, Albert C. .... Minneapolis ..Minneapolis . Minneapolis Men . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 .................. 12 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42 JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1) Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale . .Hallock Axelson, Evangeline L Grand Marais Bocklund, Elizabeth A. . Superior, Wis. Barbo, Betty A. . . . . Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo Carlson, Darlene L. Duis, Elaine E. Strandquist .. Waseca . . . ,Winger Flermoen, DeLois C. Herald, Berdine L. . Horton, Barbara A. Jacobson, Melba L. Johnson, Esther M. . . . . .. . .. La Crosse, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . . .Sebeka Viroqual Wis. (1) Registered for first semester only. (2) Registered for second semester only. . . .Minneapolis Langford, Phyllis A. Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis. 0krina, ~~~l~~ E. . . . . . . . olson,~~~l~~ J. . . . . . Schauer, Carol F. . . Shultz, Joan C. . . . . Stenseth, Claudine M. Tollefson, Junice K. veitch, b r b a r a L. Vik, Margaret A. . . Cottonwood . . . . . .Canby . . . . . . . .Waseca . Spokane, Wash. .Wallace, S. D. ... .L'Anse, Mich. ...-.. Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis. St. Paul Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . 26 FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1) Adelsman, Barbara J.. . . . . . Fergus Falls Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Huntley Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Bensend, Mary B. . . . . . Dallas, Wis. Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Iverson, Ellenetta Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond, Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland, Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek, Denison, Rosella J. Driessen, LaVon M. Wis. Iowa Falls Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Faribault . Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill. Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D. Erickson, Elaine L. , . .Monmouth, Ill. Evenson, M. Elaine . . Wallace, S. D. Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Frauendienst, Virgene C. . . .Brownton Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa Geschwind, Marlene A. . . . .Sleepy Eye Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis. Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0 (1) Registered for first semester only. . . . . . . . . Decorah, Iowa Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis. Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n . Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D. Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M. Redfield, S. D. Mager, Delvonna C. . . . . Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont Miller, Marcia R. . . . Grantsburg, Wis. Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa . . . . . . . . Benson Mortenson, Marjorie A. Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood . Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville , .Pennington Neuman, Loris E. . . Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada . . . . . .Bagley Norley, Clarice R. . Minneapolis Norstrom, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Siren Nyberg, Joan M. . . Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . . .Greenbush Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada Olson, Sonia L. Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis. Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake Raduenz, Janice B. Rancore, Dorothy C. .... .Lucan . . . . . . . Blackduck Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis R ~ jane ~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D. Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D. Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland . . . . . .Willmar Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . . Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove Snustad, Margaret . . . , , Winger Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge Steen, H. Gael ... . . 'SuperiOrf Wis' Stone, Glorio A. . . Strandell, June E. . ..............Zumbrota . .Warren Sugg, Joan M. . . . . . . .Ladysmith' Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield Swedberg, Janet M. . . . . . . . .La Moille . . . . . . Fergus . Falls Swenson, Marlys G.. - .Lake Mills. Iowa Thompson, Darlene M. Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy Uleberg, Janet A. Ullestad, Mavis B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia . Van Diest, Frances L.. . . Leland, Iowa . . . . . . St. Cloud Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Totol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GRADUATES 1953 SEMINARY With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Edinburg, N. D. Berntson, Gordon N.. . . Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D. With the degree of Graduate in Theology Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Schafer, Harold R. Wessington Springs, S. D. Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. COLLEGE With the degree of Bachelor of Arts Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Aaskov, Ruth Lucille Cumberland Center, Maine Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D. Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash. Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D. Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J. Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D. Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hagen, Marvin L. Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D. Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D. Hodne, Richard Haldor .Minneapolis Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis .... Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D. Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur Lingen, John Russell .Minneapolis Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundgren, David Dean .Minneapolis ........ ...... .....St. Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich. Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont. Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash. Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D. Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis. Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D. Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D. Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill. Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D. Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill. Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr. Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill. Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis Paul Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich. Zustiak, Mildred Ruth .......Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 82 26 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY . . . . . . . . . . . Men Students . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . Total .. . 28 1 . . . . . . . . . . - ........ COLLEGE Men Students . . Women Students ........ ........ Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................... Women Students ....................................... .. Totol 30 . ...................................................... -1 COLLEGE Men Students Women Students Total 367 ................................................ .......................... . . 186 - .......................... Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 -0 584 TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 1 ........................................................ COLLEGE Men Students ......................... ................. Women Students ................................................ Total 30 ..................................................... 414 .. 351 - Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 796 2 SUMMARY OF GRADUATES SEMINARY ................................ . Total , , - .. , , , . . - - - ............. COLLEGE , , , , - - . . . . . . . . . ........................ Total ......... Total Graduates ... INDEX Page Academic. Administration ........... 44 Amunts. Payments of .............. 16 Accreditation ................... .2. 20 Admission. College ................ 44 Admission. Seminary ............... 103 Administration .................... 5 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Aims. Fundamental ................ 17 Alumni Association. The ............ 20 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36 Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Band ........................ .34, Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 79 95 5 20 56 89 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79 Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110 Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108 Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39 College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112 committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52 Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73 Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58 Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Education, Department of Psycholm and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W, 43 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60 English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49. Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49 Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26 Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . Financial Support and Control . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . . . . . German. Department of . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870.1953). Summary Graduation Requirements. College Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52' Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Page . . . . 68 lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Lower Division Requirements . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99 Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61 Membership in Educational Associations 20 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of ..................... 95 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107 Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59 Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106 . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73 Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54 Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Physical Education. Department of Health and .................... 100 Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103 Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Page Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . . Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Romance Languages. Department of . . . Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 27 46 47 64 39 52 76 42 Scandinavian Language and Literature. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56 Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 7 Seminary. Faculty ................. Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105 Seminary Internship ............... 105 Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40 . . . . . 111 Student Register . . . . . . . . . Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 _ Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85 Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5 Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103 Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103 Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111 Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104 Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52 Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first Avenue South. The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e following Jines: I. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin 2. ?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside 3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue 4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue - - - - = s ~ M - e H d Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5 - - % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~ -i &-Hdl- - sv- - &use - - ~ - l & ofice Library LI 0 5 0 1 a m to 5 :oo p.m. m: A+ ~ - * a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Saturday-8:jo lhmimries Mumolinl * - - - - - - - - - ~ - - ~- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A T 9143 - A T 905s - AT9112 - MA 9949 - - - - - MA 9229 - - AT 9290 - M A 9590 - MA 9161 - - LI 0505 - GE 2468 - - - ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity, and general information about the institution. OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests for admission to the Theological Seminary. SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY - EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR - HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life. DEAN OF STUDENTS For information that does not appear to be covered above AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1954-1956
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one a...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March 21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar 4 General Information 5 Financial Information 14 Student Community Life 21 - 33 The College 33 Academic Administration - Curriculums 4.2 53 Courses of Study 55 Division of Religion and Philosophy Division of the Humanities - 59 . 72 Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86 ...... Division of the Social Sciences The Theological Seminary 94 General Requirements 94 ----------.----- Courses of Study 97 104 Board of Trustees Committees of the Faculty LO6 - 1 The Faculty Graduates Student Enrollment Index 1 0 1 7 5 1 1 8 121 CALENDARS For 195657 and 1957-58 FIRST S E m 1 957-58 1956-57 Freshman Days Sept. Sept. 12-15 Registration !%pt. 11-14 Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m. College Classes 'bgin Sept. 16, 8:oo t m Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m. Seminary Convenes Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m. Sept. Late Registration Fee sept. 19 Oct. 19-21 Homecoming Nm. 1-3 Nov. 13 End of first half of Semester Nov. !%pt. 11-16 20 10-11 I3 Thanksgiving Recea Nov. 28, 29 Dec. 19, 4:so p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. so, 4:2o p.m. Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes Resume Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 21-25 College Examinations Jan. 22-28 Jan. 22-25 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-28 Jan. First Semester Ends Jan. 28 NOV. 22, 23 2 j Jan. 14-30 Registration for h d Jan. 16-3 I Semester SECOND SEMESTER Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m. Feb. 4 Late Registration Fee FA. 6 Feb. Lincoln's Birthday Feb. I 2 12 Mar. 30 End of first half of Semester April April 17, 4:zo p.m. Easter Recess begins April 2, 4:2o p.m. April 23, 8:oo a.m. Easter Recess ends April 8, 8:oo a.m. May 24 Seminary Commencement May 28 May 24-31 College Examinations May 23-29 May 30 Decoration Day h,fa~ 30 June Baccalaureate Service June I College Commencement June 2 2 June 3 2 GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. \ To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school curricular and e*a-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ." FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege, the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa- tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistants. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951, are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha* been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. THE MUSEUM The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator. THE A R C H I ~ S The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a well equipped photography department. The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 .. . Tuition in College $2m.00 Books, etc. 2 5 . 0 to 40.00 Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00 Library fee .. -.- 7.50 Health fee 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) 5.00 Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) -. - 1.00 Mail box fee .50 Total $253.00 to 268.00 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health, and library fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER' Iioom Board (estimate) 1 Subiect to change. ...$65.00 to 80.00 160.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students $100.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes Registration with the Placement Bureau , Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement $ 3 . 0 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled ---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano Voice Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction) Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --.. Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day) Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir -.-Choral Club - . . . $35.00 - 35.00 _ - - -- COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER -.-- -- 35.00 40.00 14.00 8.00 20.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 4.00 Art 1 and 2 Art 3 and 4 - 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00 Home Economics 39 and 40 ............... Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00 2.50 -.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55 Biology 7N -. 4.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 5.00 1 Subject to change. Chemistry 1, 2 --Chemistry 4 Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55 Physics 1, 2 Physics 3 -Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51 Physics 52 Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54 Education 96 -- -- ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER' Resident students General expenses -. $253.00 to 268.00 223.00 to 240.00 Room and Board Special, music, or.course fees 2.00 to 35.00 Total, appro~imately 3478.00 to X3.00 Off -campus students $253.00 to 268.00 General expenses -Special, music, or course fees -- 2.00 to 35.00 Total, approximately ..............................$25500 ......... to .... 303.00 ... These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a of $150.00 in the case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. 1 Subjea to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school graduates. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. REI;IG~OUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held .on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association or the Orchestra. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro. grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. THE STUDENT HEALTHSERVICE The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. Students not living at home must live in college operated housing and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering, pick up and delivery. Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the college dining rooms, and the student health service. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at least one semester. Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera- tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the offiee of Student Personnel. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected directly by the Student Society. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local NSA Council is elected by the Student Council. The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual Campus Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two Leadership Training projects. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications, one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook and Directory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation, Several of students with similar interests have united to form cI&. these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. STUDENT CLUBS The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people of the various countries. The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. BAND THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECONCERT The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic contests. THE AUGSBURG CHORAL CLUB The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group. Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE "A7' CLUB Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. AND RECREATION PHYSICALEDUCATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point Augsburg ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the spring semester by January 30. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty in doing college work. DEFICIENCIES Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. - No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, %Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, &Condition 1 honor point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses : Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. Speech 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature H. Ec. 3, a, course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences 6 credits Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16. Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology 4 credits Required in certain fields. Orientation 1 credit Required of all Freshmen. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Major and Minors - 'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in f work he does in the Lower Division. -It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu- 4- For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. 2 In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. M- Magna Cum Laude 2.5-2.79+ Cum Laude 2.1-2.49+ ji w be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. AUGSBURG COLLEGE CURRICULUMS THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis choice of courses even in the Freshman year. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . Freshman English New Testament Greek Foreign Language . . . . Humanities or Philosophy . History or English , I . 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting .. . .. .. 8 6 6 6 Youth Work in the Church .. z Principles of Christian Education z History or English Philosophy or Logic . Economics or Education or Political Science . , , . . - -.-- T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,% w *' h "*": 4.W !m CURMCULUMS PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker. w 1 Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with - Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman 4 Freshman English . . . . Natural Science . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . 1 Sophomore Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . . w w . . Orientation . . . . . Physical Activities . Electives . . . . . . . . Religion ........ Beginning Speech . . . Types of Public Speech .. . 3 General Psychology . I Health . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . . . ..... ... 6 8 .. 3 . . 3 . . . I -3 Foreign Language . . . . . 3 3 8 ..... 4 . . z I . - I 3 7. w 32 Senior T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education. . 2 T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3 OgY . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .... I Elementary Shorthand Recreatiimal Activities . . . . . . 6 . . . I to 32 Parish W o r k . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the C h w c h . . . Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . . H y m n s and Music o f the Church. Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . . Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice ......... 7. Fine Arts Electives 2 , . . . . . . . . . . z 3 z z 2 3 3 32 w HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4 - Sophomore Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language or Natural ............. 8 Science . . . . . Psychology . . . Fine Arts . . . . . Electives . . . . . 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14 32 Senior .................. 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5 Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14 - 3 2 or 33 VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4 Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Economics .................... 3 Marriage and Family ............ 3 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . Contemporary Issues in Education. Home Management Problems . . . . Home Management Laboratory . . . Advanced Clothing Construction. . ................... Electives 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 z 8 - BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization or Sociology. Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 6 8 I . . 2 I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . , United States History . Business Law . . . . . . . . Advanced Accounting Business Finance . . . . . Money and Banking . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Speech Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 .. . ... 8 4 6 3 4 Senior Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Industrial Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations. . 3 Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16 . . LAW The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I ... .. . . . . . - Sophomore Religion Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . American Government . . . . . . . . . . Logic Introduction to Philosophy . . . . . History of England . . - . . . . . . . . . Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 6 6 3 3 3 8 33 SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization Principles of Sociology S o d Problems . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . , Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion ...................... 4 American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Statistics ........... 3 Rural Sociology ................ 3 Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6 Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Metbods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 3 Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - - ........ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. 6 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology Speech . . . . . . . . Foreign Language Fine Arts . . . . . Electives Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . Freshman English . General Zoology . . Social Science . . . Orientation . . : . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives . . . . . . - . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5 Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S - Senior Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical work at General Hospital for twelve months. - DIACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English General Zoology . . . Health . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutiition Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . Electives .......... Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . , . . . 6 Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis ............... 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2 Anatomy and Physiology .....4 Bacteriology . . . ,,. .,. . 3 Chemistry ..............3 Psychology , , ......... 2 Second Year Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6 - 34 or 36 Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion ...........-.... 4 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8. Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8 General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 . - CURRICULUMS MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools. but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply . Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I -. Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . History or Philosophy Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . Analytical Chemistry Quantitative Analysis Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology ..................... German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry ............ Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 5 4 10 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. Fit Year .4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t Principles of Accounting ........ 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 32 Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . . Advanced Shorthand . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . . Consumer Education . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. AUG~BURG COLLEGE DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education. DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. r, 2. BASICBIBLE.Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. CHURCH HISTORY. I. 2 Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. 4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.n. 2 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival .faiths of modem Western civilization. The course is designed t o give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. 5. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 1957-1958.) 7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION. I z Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. 8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH.n. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. 5. CHRISTIANETHICS.I. 2 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. 23. GROUP ACTMN. See Course 53 under Education. I Cr. Upper Division Courses = RELIGION.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. 53. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES.I. 2 Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal position, and .practices of the vamious branches of the Christian Church. 54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.II. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 16. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.II. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing efTective Christian leadership in this sphere. 57. PROBLEMS IN CHRISTIAN LIYING. U. z Cr. A d e r a t i a n of some of the fundamental pestions oonnected with living the Christian life: such as, rhe assurance of salvation, the devotional life, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life stmdards of -duct, hi the local congregation. The Episde w the Pmppians is studied. 58. PARISH WORK.II z Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organiza- tion and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. I. Sr. z Cr. 59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. Sr. 60. THE MESSAGE z Cr. A discovery of the mencc of the Christian Faith through a careful study of rrpiesencauve sacciona. including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters ro the EpbGan5 and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy MR. LARSEN, MR.COLACCI The courses in philosophy seek to assis the student in becoming familiar .raith the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to create an mdcrstandiag of the prindples of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 y , 26, 41, 42, 18 are required for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. r f , 16. THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION. I, 11. 3 , 3 cr. A survey course dealing with the development of 'Western thought as reflected in outstanding works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the Lower Division requirement in the Socia! Sciences. (Wered I 9 57-5 8.) 25. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. SO. I. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. 26. LOGIC. So. II. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics consided include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 41,42. HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY.I, n. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. U,pper Division Courses 5 I, $2. COMPARATTVE RELIGION.I, n. 2, s Cr. See course 5 I,5 2 under Department of Religion. j 5. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I. 3 0. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 95 6-57.) 56. KIERKEGAARD. Prereq. 41 or 42. TI. 3 Cr. A ,study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy af religion and theology. (Offered 1956-57.) 5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered I 957-5 8.) 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11. 3 cr. The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 61. PHILOSOPHY An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( M e r e d 1957-58.) THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL See course 74 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 8 I,82. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I, I Cr. An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in h d i n g his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. Department of Classical Languages Mn. C~LACCI,Mn. STENSVMG The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real insight into our classica1 heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. N e w Testament Greek Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. I-z.-) ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of theoretical and practical grammar. The course also covers the manuscript transmission of the N. T. Greek text, with description of the main Uncial Ms. and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5I, 52. MA=, 53. 54. LUKEI-XX, AND ACTSI-XX. I, 11. AND ROMANS.I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax, and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I , yz will be offered in 1957-58; courses 53, 54 in 1956-17. fContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Latin I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN.Fr. I, II. Grammar, easy prose, composition. 8 Cr. AND ST. AUGUSTINE. SO. I, II. 3, 3 c r 3, 4. GSAR, Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Czsar's Gallic War and St. Augusthe's Confessions. (Oflered 19 57-5 8.) Hebrew FOR BEGINNERS. I, II. g3-84.f HEBREW See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. S 5 , 86. HEBREW EXEGESIS. I, II. See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary. Department of English f i e Department of English aims TO train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literanue. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English. Major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 12, 61, 62, 74, and one of the following: 59, 81, 83, or 85. Minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 20 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan to do qaduate work in English should include courses 76, 78, and 92. . -iCuntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Loth semesters. b A. IMPROVEMENT OF W R ~ GI. . o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the (basic principles of writing and cgrrect English usage. Offered in connection with English I. - -- R. IMPROVEMENTOF READING.I, 11. o Cr. A develop.menta1 program for studenlts who wkh to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. I-2.t FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and Literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. 21. MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recornmended for non-English majors. (Offered 1 9 57-5 8.) 21. EXPOSITORY WRITING.Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 56. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 31. FOUNDATIONS OF LITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical tradition in modern British and American literature. MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11. 3 Cr. English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to non-English works. 3 2. Upper Division Courses 50. SENIORENGLISH.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 2, 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I , 5 2. 5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. See course 15 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. +Continuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. 11. 2 Cr. See course 56 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1957-58.) POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. 59. CONTEMPORARY Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 Cr. 61. BRITISH LITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEEN^ A N D EIGHTEENTH~ ~ N T U R I E S . Prereq. 32. I. 3 Cr. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.Prereq. 61.II. 3 Cr. Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. 2 Cr. CRITICISM.Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. II. 72. LITERARY A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for .modern thought. 74. SHAKESPEARE. +q. 32. II. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the historical background. 76. M ~ T O NPrereq. . 61. H. 2 cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of 1957-58.) the seventeenth century. (Offered 78. CHAUCERPrereq. 32. 11. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1956-57.) 8 I. MODERN DRAMA.Prereq. 62. I. 2 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered I 956-57 . ) BRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 62. I. 2 Cr. 83. MODERN The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1957-18.) S 5. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE. Prereq. 5 I, 5 2. Major writers since World War I. I. 2 Gr. 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in English. 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. z Cr. Journalism I. FUND~MENTAIJOF JOURNALISM.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, wich emphasis on reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. (Offered 1956-57.) 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.n + Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered I 957-58.) 5. ~ c h oSTAFF MEETINGS. I, n. I, I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augsburg E c h staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open to members of Course I . Hour arranged. A, 5, 7. Ailgshrgim STAFF MEETINGS.I, n. I , I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may neceive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meetings. Department of Speech This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech ,compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student ta teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 66, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students course 66 and at least one course from each of the follo&ing groups: 12, 5 I ; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76. II Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lkping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contxct the head of the department for individual attention. i I. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speaking. I z. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking activities. I 5. STORYTELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age gmups. observation and practice in story telling. (Offered 1956-57.) 21-2t.f INTERCOLIGIATE DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 2 Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25, 26. PUBLICSPEAKINGSEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11. I, I Cr. Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests. Arranged. TO I ~ A M A T IARTS. C Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introdllction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. ( O f k e d 1956-57.) 3 I. INTERPRETAM ~ A D I N G . SO. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. (Offered 1957-58.) 32. ACTING.SO. II. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 51. GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1956-57.) 54. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. (Offered 1956-57.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must coniplete both semesters. 2 Cr. 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE.Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. I. Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1917-58.) 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. n. 2 0. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAFT. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 66. STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. lI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. ( m e r e d I 956-57.) 2 Cr. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 . Jr., Sr. 11. 74. SPEECHHYGIENE. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of speech habits. (Offered 1956-57.) Y . Sr. II. 3 Cr. 76. SPEECH P A ~ O L O G Jr., Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience-in speech therapy. (Offered I 95 7-58.) OF SPEECH. Sr. I. 95. TEACHMG See course 95 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of German The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is to provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, I-2.t 20 credia. BEGINNINGGERMAN.I, 11. 8 A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language Cr. so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POE-ray. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and poetry. fChntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 2. GERMANLITERATURE. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Offered 1957-58.) TEACHING OF GERMANICLANGUAGES. Sr. I. See course 73 under Education. 73. 2 Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Scandinavian peoples, as well as to transmit to American life the best of their cultural heritage. m i o r , 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. j, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard' authors. Brie& survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered 1956-57.) I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY.I. 3 Cr. A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. ( M e r e d 1957-58.) I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1957-5 8.) Upper Division Courses THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Prereq. 4, or six credits in liter2 Cr. ature. Jr., Sr. I. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 5 5. 1956-57.) 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Prereq. 4, or six credits in literature. Jr., Sr. II. 2 Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 195 6-5 7.) ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Romance Languages hks. KINGSLEY, MR. HELLAND The Romance Language Department aims to aid the student in the mastery of the fundamental rules of' pronunciation and grammar, leading to a fuller comprehension and correct usage of the foreign language. It aims further to acquaint the student thmugh masterpieces of literature with the culture and m d u s uivendi of the countries whose language he is learning. French Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections fmm French literature. ( m e r e d 19 57-5 8.) 3, 4. INTERMEDUTE FRENCH.I, 11. 3, 3 c r . One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. (Osered 1956-57.) Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and Iiterary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) 5 2. OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING See course 77 under Education. 2 Cr. Spanish Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 Cr. Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, n. 3. 3 Cr. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1957-58.) $2. SPANISHCâ¬YNVERSATION AND COMPOS~ION. n. 3 Cr. A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish t h m g h conversation and composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual aids, integrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered I 957-58.) OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING See course 77 under Education. t Cr. Department of Music The Department of Music offers training to students who wish t o become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialid study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded students who are interested in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Graduation Major, 36 credits, including wurses I , 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied music, z of which must be in piano or organ. Teaching Major, 32 credits in addition to 88, 89; including wurses I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64"; a credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior year, is required of all music majors. *A student with a major fsor teaching should be prepared for ibth vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both technique wurses, his work in applied musi,c, excepting the required credits in piano, must be instrumental ~liusicif he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique. Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. 1f-16, 78; 4 credits from 10, $5-56, $7, $8, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in private lasuns in either vocal or instrumenml music. Teaching Minor, zz credits k addition to 88, 89; including course 5 5 . 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64; and 4 credits in applied music. I, 2, I 5-16, Two credits are g-ken for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is mt granted for less than two complete semesters within an academic year. One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, +no, organ, brass, or w d winds. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1, 2. TEIEOIY, I, IL A basic c o w 2, 2 G. in the fundamentals of music, including the pIjncip!es of not&am, major and &nor scales, intervals, triads rhythms: aural skills: sight reading, dictation, and pate sin-eg. Should be =ken toncurrently with 11-16 mhencver +ble. 2, 2 Cr. HETORYAND L ~ ~ ~ T OF W MUSIC. K E I, 11. -4n IGstoricaI appmch ta &e appreciation of the world's greatest music. Sppplunenred by musicaI scores and record illustrations. For students with or 7, 8. without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering &or 8, or have consent of instructor. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.TI. 2 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention ro Protestant hymnody. Designed for the ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and pre-seminarians. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of a course in religion. 4 Cr. IF-16.t HARMONY.I, H. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses 2, 2 Cr. HARMONY. Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11. 5. 56. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course I 5-1 6, with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. $Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 5 7 , 5 8 . CONDUCTING. Prereq. 2, or 2 Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, Il. 2, n Cr. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music education are advised to take the course m .their junior year. 61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instrumens, pffprdng the prospective public school music teacher and director for work orchestra. b d and CHOR~CL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice ai related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 63-64.? 77. C O U ~ ~ R P O IPrcreq. NT. 3. I. Sr. n Cr. Strict c o u n ~ i n i rn one. two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 7 8 . M u s r ~ ~At N A L Y Prereq. ~. 2 , 5 1 , and 77 or consent of instructor. II. Sr. 2 Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical wmpositioa. 3 . fi8. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. TI. z Cr. See course 8 4 under Education. 89. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 2 cr. See course 89 under Education. CHOIR,CHORALCLUB OR BAND. I, 11. r Cr. MALECHORUS.I, 11. I Cr. These organizations exist not m l p for the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled ts a studem wbo wishes to participate in groups affording the opportunity for rnmiitaI e x p d a Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two complete semesters within an academic year. PIANO, I, IT. I, I Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. ORGAN.I, TI. I, I Cr* 1;lstruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is required as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. :Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. VOICE.I, II. I, I Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, brea.th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. % or B u s s INSTRUMENTS. I, II. WOOD-WIND INSTRUMENTS. I, II. % or Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows: I Cr. I Cr. a) Private instructim--onk thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester. I credit. b) Class instruction--one thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. % credit. Art I . 2. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal h r m s . Plaster casting. (Offered 1956-57.) 3. ART IN DAILYLMNG. I. 3 Cr. See course 3 under Department of Home Econo~nics. 7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) Upper Division Courses AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 64. HISTORY See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 2 Cr. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES It is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance 2nd value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. Department of History and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of ,the instructor. I-2-f SURVEYOF EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, II. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Des&ied to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1 I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. t r , z z . UNITEDSTATES HISTORY.SO., I, n. 3, 3 c r . A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. AND n i ~ REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 5 I . THERENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modern civilization and culture. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. TO I 800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. jz. ENGLAND Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors whi,ch shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1956-57.) f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 5 3. LATIN-AMERICAN A study of Latin America and its development. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 54. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. I -2.Jr., Sr. 11. Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. UNI~D STATES.Prereq. 21,zz. Jr., Sr. I. 55. CONTEMPORARY The United States from about 1900 to the present. (Offered 1957-588.) DIPLOMACY.Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. (Offered 1957-58.) 61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modem cultures. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) 62. CANADIAN HIS-. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1957-58.) 64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 195 6-57.) AND EARLYNINETEEN= CENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 71. FRENCHREVOLUTION 3 Cr. IZ credits in H,kt. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. (Offered 1957-58.) 72. LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE.Prereq. 1 2 credits in H i t . Jr., 3 Cr. Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise d imperialism, and the background of World War I. (Offered 1957-58.) Jr., 9. II. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 8 I, 82. THET W E N ~ T CENTURY. H Prereq. I z cr. in Hit. Sr. I, TI. 3, 3 Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor. 99. HISTORY A survey of historical literature and source materials. A research project is required. Recommended for history majors and students who plan to do graduate work in history. Political Science Minor, 1 5 credits. A I -42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are stressed. Upper Division Courses 3 53. POLITICAL PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1956-57.) &=r. 56. AMERICANDIPLOMACY.11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 41-42or Econ. 1 5 for Political Science minors. 3 Cr. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics. 74. HISTORY OF P O L ~ C ATHOUGHT. L Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. .4 study of ,political philosophy and its in,fluence and historical significane from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered 1957-58.) 85. TEACHING OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. See course 85 under Education. 2 Cr. Geography 14. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. 3 A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. ( m e r e d 195 6-57.) cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; 6 credits each in Sociology and Economics; and Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-41; and 3 credits in Economics. +Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Sociology The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of'christianity to efiective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition aye History [-2, or 21, 22. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLQGY. Fr., SO. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. S o c m PROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. TO STATISTICS.Fr., SO. TI. 4. INTRODUCTION See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics. 3 Cr. TN. SOCIOLOGY. I. A course in general sociology for nurses. z Cr. 16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. See course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature. 21. RURALSOCIOLOGY. SO. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with s p i a l attention to the problems of the contemporary rural America. 22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO.n. 3 Cr. Study of the city a s to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. A N D FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 42. MARRIAGE See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Upper Division Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACE RELATIONS AND MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. Sr. II. Jr., I 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1956-57.) ) 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. 1.1. 3 Cr. See course 56 under Department of Business Administration and Economics. 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. Soc. I . Jr., Sr. I. An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and filnctions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I.Jr., Sr. TI. 3 Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contempor& public welfare and social security. (Offered 1956-57.) 61. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5, and & and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr. structor. 11. Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1957-58.) OF SOCIAL STUDIES.Sr. I. 85. TEACHING See course 8 5 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Psychology Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program to assist in the adjustments that the in-coming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying h,k own behavior as well as chat of his fellow men. r. (hmS'r~no~. Required. Fr. OSered both seineseers. r Cr Designed m mist freshmar in making the proper adjusrrnenr to their work as colIege studenrs. It inclade anits on orienraejon m the wllege, methds of study, improvement of reading speed and comprehension, and vocariond and educurbnd guidance, P S Y ~ O L OAND CY ORTEWA~N Er.. L 3 Cr. combines the aims and mutse content of Psychology r and Psychology 1. E m p h i s i s p!aced on heIping the studenr llrw his knowtedgc of psychoIogical principle in solving pewnd problem t h a t arise as a part of the adjvstmenr to college. Regismation rermcrd. 3. mi course I. 6. GFXERALPSYCHQL~GY. 1, IL I, 2 Cr. A study of rhe basic procews underlying hum= behavior. l%e genesal pdnciplts, methods and problems of psychology are dicassed. T h e second semester emphasizes mental h d t h and the appEicarion of the principles of psych~logyto other problem of everyday life. 7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. An introductory course intended for nurses. t Cr. Upper Division Courses 61. See Socm PSYCHOLOGY. I. course 61 under Department of Sociology. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. j or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. (Offered 19 57-58.) Education The ducarbn curticulam has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school reaching, dthongh any strrdent who is preparing to work with yuuh is errcomged to smdy in this m a . The work in rhk dtpamncnt will qualify the reaching graduate far a Minnesota Teacher's cerrificate on the junior and senior high s b l level, as well for further study in the 5eld of educadon. Admission to the teacher educaeian currkaInm reqnires nn application to be appmved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application m a t be made during tht seEond semester D+ the wphorwre year if r h e sntdent is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is g r a n d on the basis of a satisfacmry health reporr, favorable personality characteristics, and a min;mum in schoIasEic achievement of 1.5 honer p i n r ratio in the rnaiar, a 1.0 n t i o m the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. T h e applicant s b d d be preparing for competency in a t least two subject-matter fieIds h a t are aim po&r on the high xhml level. All students admitted ro rhe teachcr educario~ crrnicnlmn must secure be caken in connection with Ed. 5 1 two credits of Group Activity usually to and gz. J i addition ra the regular lower division requirements, students in reacher education are required ro hzvc four semester b u r s in general psychology, these credits to be completed before taking Ed. 51. N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 1, and 6. Jr. I. 3 Cr. of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better ilnderstand human behavior, especialIy tke behavior of adoIescents in a school context. I ! istudy ING SECONDARY SCKWZS.Prereq. yr. Jr. II. 3 Cr. 54. T F . A ~ This course has three pm:a study of rhe p u t p e s and programs of secondary xhoolq develophg p e d competency in plmning instructional activities; 2nd developing the ability to evaluate the a r c a m c of instruction. ~ 3 .74. GROW Amrvm. I, I Ct sepvaee mme, but offeered in connection with Edncarion 1 1 , $ 2 ; Religion 6, $7, 58; Phpsicd Educarion 6, rr, 13, 14,51, 56. The a a w of t h e experience will vary with h e course with which it i asmciattd, and may incIudc such activities *s teaching, wperv;sing recreation, and advising clubs. The t ~ p e r a r i wof the a~enciesinvol-red is necessary. with rtprts from the supervisor and the srudcnt ro the reacher of the course wi& which the work is mnnecred. A smdenr may nor receive more than z credits in Group Activity. Th;s is not given v is a Prereq. 5 I . Sr. II. 3 Cr. r6. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate &or student guidance, including counseling. 78. Tssv~sIK CONTEMPORARY EDUCA'FICM. Sr. XX. 3 0, The purpose of thc c o w is to develop ski11 in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to pin an u n d t r ~ r a n d i n af ~ possible solutions, and to develop some ability to epaluare the various wlutions proposed. The relation of h e problems ra the dtvelopmenr of American ducntian sad to a philosophy of education is stressed. 73. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING z Cr. 2 Cr. 79. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. s Cr. 81. TEACHING OF BUSIN-ESS. Sr. I. z 83. TEACHING OF MA~HEMATICS. Sr. I. z Cr. cr. 81. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTHEDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. 88. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. r Cr. r Cr. 89. TEACHINGOF HIGH, SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 2 Cr. 91. TEACHING OF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I1 z Cr. 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. z Cr. 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 73 through 9y include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education yz. In special situations, a student may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit listed. Prereq. 52. Sr. I. 4 to 5 Cr. 97. STUDENTTEACHING. Observation,' participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. Library Science T h c .follosning courses prepare the strrdcnt to rneer the stare requhments for a minor in library scicnce. Tbey main him in making a wjse choice of h k s for tfie xhml Library, in preparing b k s and other librav materials for cimlatios in a d d i s t c r i n g a schooI libtary, and in making intelligent and d e t t i v e me of library tools for his o m needs as a teacher. Minor, I6 credits. BASICF ~ C T T O OF N STHE S ~ W LIBRARY. L Jr. 1. ? I. 3 cr. 5 5-s6f X g n e d to acquainr the smdenr prith the place of the librvg in tbe school and comrnmiry; local public, county, scare, and national services; standards; rclanions with school admieisnatim, facultg, students, and m m u n i r p ; rhe h d g e t : planning, housing. and equipment; library recordr; organization of materids; sdKxrl libnry adrnbistntion. Two credits first semester; one credit, seeoad. fcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 57-5 8 . t ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the, elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1956-57.) 59-6of SECONDARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; boak selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selectian; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 7- 5 8.) 61. PRACTICAL .METHODS.Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offer4 1957-58.) 62, READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. n. 2 Cr. Remedial readin,g in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered 1957-58.) Department of Business Administration and Ecanomics, and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help smdents gaia n b d hawledge and sound perspefcive of bnkpss and our economic society. Such knowledge and p e n w i v e are necessary far SUCF~PS in specific positions ia our complex business world ind .should provide rhe bwkgmmd to fncilitate advancement. with experience, ro positions of responsibility. A dgree wirh a business major 2- a common requirement of business firms m d guvefnmenr agencies. The depamnent gives a general bnckground in emwrnics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a tcaching major or minor; and it prepares far gradurn work in business and economics. Business Administration and Economics Major, 36 credits, including courses I , History 21 and 22. Minor, 21 credits, including courses I , Division courses. 2, 2, 4, 4, I 5, I 5, 16, 5 3. Also required are 16, and six credits in Upper -;Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. I,2. PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. TI. 3 Cr. The collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of numerical data for the purpose of determining measures od central tendency, deviations from average, and correlation. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. The iduence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1957-58.) 5 3. BUSINESSLAW.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 3 G* 5 5. MARKETING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I. Marketinz from a businessman's standpoint, with emphasis on ways in which management decisions are made concerning product planning, merchandise selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling. 3 Cr. RELATIONS. Prereq I 5 ,16.Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT A study of management, of labor, of ,their relations, and of their control by government. T h e objective is to picture the different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilities of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control. .MANAGEMENT. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 57. INDUS~RUL The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. ACCOUNTING. Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr. I. 59. ADVANCEI~ The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the student to interpret financial data, and to acquaint the student with cost accounting p ~ , C i p l e sand procedures. Preparation and analysis of financial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-rder and standard costing are stressed. 60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 62. BUSINESS FINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. Prereq. consent of instructor. 3, 3 Cr. 71, 72. SENIORTOPICS. An honors course for selected seniors in business involving independent reading and research in a specific area of ,business or economics leading to the writing of an acceptable paper. A student may receive credit for one semester only. Secretarial Studies These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oflices, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of buiness education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. A non-teaching major may be obtained by completing a minimum of 30 hours above course I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 I , 52, 53-54> Business Administration I , z, 53, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. A teaching major requires courses listed for non-teaching major plus Business Administration 15, 16, a total of 36 hours above Sec. Studies I. A minor may be obtained by completing a total of 2 5 hours above Sec. Studies I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , .r, or IF, 16. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 1. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. $1 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. I, 11. 6 Cr. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, rnimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 51. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. I. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. 2 Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of l,egal documents. Open to students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE.Prereq. 2, 3-4,11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for ,those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 4 Cr. SHORTHAND. I, II. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. 53-54.? ADVANCED Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 8 I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I. See course 8 I under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 66, 67?71,73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6,Physics 3, Economics 15, Sociology I,Biology' 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 3 or 5, and 6, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. . - Graduation minor, 22 credits including courses I,2,'3, 7, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major, 38 credits; courses listed for non-teacKing major plus 33 and 75. I. CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f ~ b r i c s suitable for different uses are topics considered. iContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete both semesters. 2. CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. n. z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double la~borator~ periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3 . ART IN DAILY LIVING.I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 8. ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION. n. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS.TI. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1957-58.) PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 8 or permission of instructor. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. I aboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and fnod preparation. Three double laboratory period$ a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGE A N D F A M ~RELATIONSHIPS. Y 11. 3 Cr. A course applying ~ r i n c i ~ l eofs cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family- relationships, preparation for mamage, .the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. 44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses $7. TEXTILES. I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) 64, HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. Cr. 2 A study a+ the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1956-57.) TI. 3 Cr. 66. HOME PLANNINGA N D FURNISHING. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analpsis of h r plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting. arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratorp periods per week. 67. FAMILY HEALTH. I. 2 Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within (the family group. 71. HOME ~ ~ N A G E M E NPROBLEMS. T I. 2 Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and cocrdmatiqg the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One lecture period and one double lzboratory period per week. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. z Cr. Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home ,management house with one conference hour per w.eek. Food costs to be determined .by the group. n. 74. CONSUMER EDUCATION AND INCOME MANAGEMENT. z Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and sefvices available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments .for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. ( M e r e d 1956-57.) z Cr. OF HOME ECONOMICS. Sr. I. 71. TEACHING See course 91 under Education. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. See course 92 under Education. 92. n. z Cr. DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS I t is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology &. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MISS H U T C H ~ G Mns. S, OSWALD The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, rq credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, toward the major or minor. j ~ 4, , 7N d o not count I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences. Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory work, and discussions. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3 ~ .HUMANANATO* AND PHYSIOLOGY. A professional course i,n human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit f o r Biol. 3N. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. n. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete twth semesters. 25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, II. 4, 4 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed e n botanical principles. Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 4 Cr. 51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25. 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lwtures per week. (Offered 1957-j8.) 4 Cr. Prereq. I 3-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. 11. 52. ECOLOGY. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered I 9 5 7-5 8.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered '9~6-57.) Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr.. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. 56. TAXONOMY Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Ogered I 95 6-57.) 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. n. I or 2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microvcopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 6-57.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 79. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. z Cr. Department of Physical Sciences The courses offered provide iundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is :promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach. Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the nstural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in chemistry will prepare him for further study in such specialized fields as medicine, research, engineering, nursing, pharmacy, and other related fields. The courses in physics will prepare h i for study in engineering and applied mathematics. Chemistry Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses the major or minor. 1-2, j ~ 4, do not count toward . 1-2 THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, I? For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. 3 ~ .CHEMISTRY FOR NURSES. I. 3 Cr. 9 lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 4. PRINC~PLES OF CHEMISTRY.Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. GEN~RAL CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. .I or conclirrent registration in Math. I . Fr., So. I, II. 8 Cr. A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5-6.f Upper Division Courses CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 51. ANALYTICAL 4 (3. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. rwo lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 I . So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 or 5 Cr. 12. QUANTITAWE General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, six to eight hours laboratory per week. CHEMISTRY. Prereq. y-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 8 to 10 Cr. 53-54.t ORGANIC A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1956-57.) ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 56. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 5 1 and 5 2 , and Physics 5 Cr. 5 and 6. Sr. 11. An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double labora'tory period per week. ( M e r e d 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . ) Physics Minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor. WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. I - z ~ . THENATURAL For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elem. algebra and plane geometry. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 12 lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. 3. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. I3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one q i z , and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11. 4 aThis course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of modern topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, .biophysical applications of physics, and other topics. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 4 Cr. registration in Math. 5 1 . Jr., Sr. TI. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magneti,~ field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 5:. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. See course 7 9 under Education. 79. z Cr. Combined Science Major for Teuching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 5 I and 5 2 or 5 3 - 9 4 ; Biology 1 3 - 1 4 and 2 5 , 26; Physics 1 and 6. Department of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s d c i e n t for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them e6cient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits. Courses I , 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. 3 Cr. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. I. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for inore advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course. z. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~brmulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. z. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY. Prereq. 1 . n. 3 Cr. 6 . ENGINEERING Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 13, 14. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. Upper Divisian Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prereq. 1 3 , 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 51, 5 2 . 5 3 . SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are srudied and their equations developed. Quadratic sudaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 3 Cr. OF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. 11. 54. THEORY This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 83. TEACHING See course 83 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Hea1,th and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a #physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. A course 'n personal and community health is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Teaching ,Major for men, 3 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. 11, 12, 27, yo, 51, 52, 53, 74, 55, 56, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required. Teaching Major for women, 28 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14,16, 17,27, 50, 52, 73, 54, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required. Teaching Minor, 19 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, I I, 12, g I, 5 3, and 54 for men: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 16, 17,53, and 54 &orwomen. Non-teaching major for men 33 credits; for women, 30 credits. Non-teaching minor 21 credits. For course requirements see under .reachingmajor and teaching-minor and confer with department head. r. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH.Fr. Ogered both semesters. 2 Cr. iZ study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. TZ. %, % Cr. ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 11. 3, 4. PHYSICAL %, % Cr. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTHEDUCATION, PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of hea1,th education, physical education, and recreation. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. n. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. One double hour per week. S. FIMT AID. Fr., So. n. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. 1 I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and irolleyball. Three hours per week. 12. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. II. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbfflebmrd, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshm, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. I, TI. Theory and practice in the coaching and officiating of field hockey, soccer, basket,ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered 1957-58.) 16. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. ll. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffl,eboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered 1956-57.) I 7. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Two hours per week. (Offered 1956-57.) 27. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. Thii is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effectmg of efficient movements. 2 Cr. 29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of officiating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 2 Cr. Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. (Ogered 1956-57.) 50. 5 I. SELF-TESTINGACTMTICS.(Men). Jr. I. r Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling Three hours per week. 52. RHYTHMS.Jr. 11. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. (Offered 1957-18.) I Cr. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL 3 Cr. E D U U ~ O NPrereq. . 5 . Sr. I. Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of che eTernencq and secondary schml health education and physical education curriculum. 5 3. ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND 3 Cr. PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. 11. Prereq. 5. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 54. OF SPORTS:FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL. Sr. I. r Cr. 55. COACHING Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 2 OF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK. Sr. lT. 56. COACHING Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. cr. I Cr. AND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 84. TESTS A survey and evaluation of tests in ~ h ~ s i c aeducation. l (Wered 1956-17.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr., Sr. II. 2 Cr. PtobIems of commuuiry recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work (%red 1956-57.) OF HEAL= EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I 87, TEACHING See course 87 under Education. 2 Cr. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Introductory Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and IzLissionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. Ir offers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal af building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. Application for Admission Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theologkal Faculty, and should include the 'following: A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, I. including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands ofdAtheSecretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists ,of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek Philosophy German, or Latin, or Norwegian z years I Year 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Suggested Pre-Theological Courses In order rhat studrnm may derive rhe peatest pmsiblc advantage from their theological studies, it is recommended that their colleKc c o w of nudy, 'besides f u l f l h g requiremenrs as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects indicated a b v e , include as many as possible of the following: English Speech Psychology History Youth Work Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education Typewriting years year I year z years I semester I year 2 I I I year year All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing Srudcnt~are admirted to the Seminarp with the understanding that their studies aie to be pursued under rhe direction of the Theological Faculty. Any armngement to t a k e + part of the theological course a t another seminary must have the prior approval of ehe ThcoloRicol Faculty a t Augsburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. Expenses Seminarp students p;ry no tuition. They do, however, pay chc regular student activity fee, healrh fee and a ~enerntSeminary fee of ten dollars per semester. Unmarried Seminary smdenrs living in rhe dormitory. receive a special grant to coccr the cost of mom rent. The m9t of h a r d k the same zs for the College studears. See under Financial Information. Class Attendance A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absenc'e from classes mu& have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. Employment The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. Conditions and Incompletes A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the inwmplete may he changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is sdiciently high. Seminary Internship In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary eash student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the. in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amciunt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Service. Student Activities All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel servte. During his s e r n i n a ~yean, each student is associated with a specific congregation and i4 e n c ~ u r a ~ eto d serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has mently assumed responsibility for conducting the Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the Inter-Seminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Serninettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3 . The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.y (Cf average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The prepara$on of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 1 7 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6 . A comprehensive examination, written and oril, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week af March. Written and oral examination sermons. who complete the required number of credits for graduation with an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of I.$ in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses Junior Yem I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical r Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. THEOLOGICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and I Cr. to the whole realm of human knowledge. 4. *With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. r. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. Luther. Old Testament Mu. STENSVAAG HEBREW FOR BEGINNERS.A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Offered 19 5 6-5 7.) 6 Cr. 9-10. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 1958-59.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and -the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 3 Cr. 13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 14. THEPROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual 3 Cr. freedom. (Offered 1956-57.) 15. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems of life. (Ogered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr. Exilic period. (Offered 19 57-58.) 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books 2, 2 Cr. in the Old Testament. (Offered 1957-58.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics I Cr. and class discussion. (Offered 1957-58.) New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction d normal load. TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of 22. INTRODUCTION the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 3 . THE GOSPELOF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will M expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. pf Jesus' ministry. (Offered 195 6-57.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.) 25. THE GOSPELOF JOHN. The purpose and special tharacteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1917-58.) 2 Cr. CHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts 26. THE JEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLIC 1-12. This will ba followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. 27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL.A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1958-59.) 3 fi28. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS. Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the Christian life (chs. 12-16)will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS. In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of r Cr. Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.) OF THE REVEL.~TION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Oflered 1958-59.) 2 Cr. Church History 40. THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 Cr. 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. THE REFORMATION. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformztion. (Wered 195 6-57.) 3 Cr. 42. AFTER THE REFORMATION. This course covers the period 43. THE CHURCH from the Refonnztion and up to the present time, with special emphasis on the history of ofhe Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 44. AMERICANCHURCH HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr. is studied with special care. (Offered 1954-5 5. ) DOCTRINE.A study Of: the development 45, 46. THEHISTORYOF CHRISTIAN of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 , 2 Cr. A study of the consti47. THELUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. Systematic Theology An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY. methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1957-5 8.) 2 0. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I . THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and oflice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; the order of salvation. (Wered 1958-59.) 3 Cr. AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. j4, y y . CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) z, 2 Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Wered 1957-58.) z Cr. SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study 57. CQMPARA~VE of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology Go. PRINCIPLES OF PASTORAL THEOLOGY. This course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of the pastoral oflice and the New Testament ministry. s Cr. 61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUAL LIFE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral 2 Cr. reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING. A course dealing with the dynamics underlyi3ng human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should I Cr. be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) PASTORAL TRAINING. The purpose of this course is- 'to provide an 63. CLINICAL opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. It will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a 64. EVANGELISTICS. short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions, 2 Cr. and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.) B. Homiletics 65. PRINCIPLESAND PRACTICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 2 Cr. 66. HOMILETICS. The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of 'brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant pnctice in delivery. Middlers. 2 Cr. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparaltion and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers z 0. are studied. Seniors. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work 70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; otlicers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered I 95 7-58 .) 2 Cr. A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION. tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o&ce procedures. The practice and teaching of I Cr. Christian stewardship. (Offered 1957-58.) 72. PASTORAL PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of ethics. (Offered 1956-57.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered I 95 6-57.) I Cr. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered '957-58.) I Cr. D. Christian Education and Sociology 76. METHODSOF PARISH E D U C A ~ O N Studies . in the application of basic principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used i n catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1956-57.) t Cr. 78. THE CHURCH AND HUMANSOCIETY. A study of the relation between the Christian Church and civilization and culture, and of .the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task of .the Church. The .Ecumenical Movement. 2 Cr. C H R I ~ ~ A N IATNY D SOCIALWORK. This Course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, rcports, and institutional visits. 2 Cr. 79. BOARD OF TRUSTEES OfFicers of the Board REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN ............................. Vice-president Term Expires in 1956 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisumsii Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota Banking and Insurance, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Term Expires in 1957 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, hfinneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, St. Olaf Lutheran Church Term Expires in 1958 The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minnesota Pastor, Trinity LuAeran Church MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Term Expires in 1959 The REV. C. T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota Business Manager, Bethesda Homes MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minnesota Contractor (retired) Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Advisory Members The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg College and Theological Sem~inary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preddent MARTINQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminury BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Stdents GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ERLWG J. URDAHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar; Secretary of the General FacuZty MELVINA. HELLAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Faculty AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian b r u R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement FRIEDELW ~ D M A N N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer S. P.HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Field Representative, Development Fund KENNETHLOWER. . . . . .Alumni Secretary; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds A w o SINKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Mweum IVERB. SON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist CARL WOYU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director BORGHILDESTNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Registrar DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff:Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary, Business Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel O6ce; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrars 0 5 c e ; Vivian Isaacson, Recorder, Registrar's Ofice; Janice Sorheim, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Office; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Business Office; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mrs. Ruth Elias, Faculty Secretary; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Violet Meyer, Secretary, Building Fund Office. Library Assistants: Mrs. Carol Carlson and John Jenson. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Edward Nyhus and Philip Nelson; Sivertsen Hall and Residence for Women, Helen Martens; Miriam House, Verniel Anderson; Morton Hall, Alice Ullescad. Su$ervisor of Hwsekeeping: Olga Hermumlie. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R. N., Nurse; Ethel Johnson, R. N., Assistant Nurse; Alice Ullestad, R. N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY ;2dministration: Christensen, Quan,beck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segohn, M i Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Bertness, Miss Pederson, Hammanberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, Ozolins, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, Torstenson, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W. Anderson, Kleven, Aldre, Savold. Social: Mrs. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Mr. Dahle, Miss Tangjerd, Thut. Studies: R. E. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, E. Nelson, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Helland, Colacci, Miss Lund, E. Nelson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Tomtenson, Olson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Tracher Educatim: Bertness, Thorson, Sateren, Mrs. Nelson. Religious fife: Sonnack, Ozolins, Mrs. Petersbn. (Student members also included in this committee.) Faculty C m c i l : Quanbeck, R. Anderson, Milton, Soberg, Miss Joel, -Dahle, Segolson, Sateren, Kingsley, Aldre, Torstenson, Bertness, Walton. Board-Faculty Committee: Chrislock, Miss Pederson, E. W. Anderson (Board members also included in this committee). THE FACULTY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 22; Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 922-2 5 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Gottingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg <ice 1930. President since 1938. MELW A. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 19 I 9; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 192 I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of. Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-3 9; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1959-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Church History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, &., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor -of Old Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins, Oslo. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. JOHN LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 1942-53. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, I 9 5 5-. At Augsburg since 1955. WUHELM C. LINSS, S.T.B., Th.D., Lecturer in New Testament Theological School for Prisoners of War, Montpellier, France; S.T.B., Erlangen University, Germany, 1950; Th.D., Boston University, 1951. Pastoral work: 1910-52. Teaching: Boston University School of Theology, I 9 5 t-y4; Gustavus Adolphus College, 19 54-. At Augsburg since 195 5. AUGSBURG COLLEGE P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908- I o; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-1952. MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, Tdlin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 19 5 I. Additimal study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. A t Augsburg since 1949. ERREST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. E. ANDERSON, A.M., Assistat Professor of Speech RAYMOND B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: M i e sota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augsburg since 1949. EVABAVOLAK, A.M., Instractor in Business Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: M i sota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea.chers College, Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. SOC. Work, lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-38; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44 Assistant Executive Secretary, Director of Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1954. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Xnnesota, 1948; Ph.D., 1955. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949. ALLENBLAIR,A.M., lnstructor in Physics B.S., Hamline University, 1949; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53. Teaching: State Teachers College, Sr. Cloud, 1953-54. At Augsburg since 1954. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy J y i o r College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5I. A t Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI, Th.D., D.Litt., AssocicEte Professor of Clamical Lunguuges Pontificium Acheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; Universiy of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campotram, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. LELANDK. DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf Colkge, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 195 2; U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Asso+te Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940,Ad&tional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I ~39;Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41,U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg since 1941. IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Inst11~ctorin Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19 I 8- I 9; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21;Luther College, 1922-23; hfimeapolis Art Institute, 1928-30; University ef Minnesota, 1926-53.A t Augsburg since 1955. JOAN FAGERLIE,A.M., Instructor in History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1953; A.M., h e s o t a . At Augsburg since 19 5 5 . 1955. Additional study: JACKFISHER,S.M.M., Instructor in Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, r948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., Universify.of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICEA. FYLLING,B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940;B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.Teaching: High Schml, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. At Augsburg since 1953. DARYLGIBSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instrummts B.S., University of -Vlinnmta, 1934; A.M., 1941; PILD., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchem, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 19.13; University of Monuna, rg47-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. Ae Augsburg since 1954. WILLIAM H. HALVERSON,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, I 95 I ; Th.B., Augxburg Theological Seminary, 1955. Teaching: High School, I 95 I -52. Pastor at Northfield, Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1955. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Mimesota, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53.At Augsburg since 1953. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, .see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. LOIS M. HCTC~~~NCS, Ph.D., Assistant ILrofessorof Biology A.B., Mount EIolyoke College, 1927; A.M., Columbia University, 1935; l'h.D., Cornell University, 1944. Additional study: Vermont, Newark College of Engineering, Washington, Minnesota. Teaching: New York University, I 946-48; Drew University, I 948-49; Kansas Wesleyan University, 1949-52;Blackburn College, 1952-14.At Augsburg since 1954. K n w KHIN JENSEN, A.M., instructor in History A.B., University of Rangoon, Rangoon, Burma, 1947; A.M., Bucknell University, I 9 I. Additional study: University of Wisconsin. A t Aug~burg since 1955. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of: Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194146. At Augsburg since 1947. VERNE- KAUPANG,A.M., lnstrlcctor in Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1925; A.M., r 928. Teaching: Braham, and Minneapolis H,igh Schools. At Augsburg since 19 5 5. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Insfrucfor in Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42;O&cer, U. S. Navy, 1942-46.At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner. College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since I 947. 1 BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science . . rr A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5 ; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. I Ph.D., I BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Langwrges A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I ; Universi,ty of M i ~ e s o t a ,1938-425 Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Wee of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947CARLW. LANDAWL,M.Mus., Instructor in Mmic A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; KVZMuc;,. 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwatern Schools, h h n e apolis, 195-. A t Augsburg since 1952. ROBERTE. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of M b sota, I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1946-48. At Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 195I . Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since r 9 5 5. ANNE MADSEN,A.M., Instructor in Englisb A.B., University of California, Berkeley, California, 1944; A.M., University of Utah, 1949. Teaching: High Schools, 1945-46 and 19f1-54; University of U,tah, 1946-49; St. Olaf College, 1954-51. At Augsburg since 1951. JOHN MILTON, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. At Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50, A t Augsbufg since 1922. E ~ C.R NELSON,M-Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Fmtball and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.A t Augsburg since H ~ L F I Y. N NE~SOX, Ph.I)., Asroci~tfProfessor of H m E m i e s B.S, University o f h e s o t a , r938; M.S., r 9 e ; Ph.D., 1952. Teaching: H i ~ hSchool, 1938-42; W ~ r m Michigan Cokege, ICalamazw, 1942-44; Uni~ersiryof California, 1944-46; Iowa Starc Teachem College, Su 1948, 1949. A t Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ZETA Oswam, B.Sc., Insfmctor in Humma Anatomy B.Sc., University of Albertu, 1949. Additionat srudy: M i n n m ~Taching: Rap] Alexandra Hospital, Ednwnron, Albenn, School of Nursing, 1949$ 2 ; School of Nursing, St. -Michael's I-lospiral, Lethbridge, -Alberta, 195254. At Augsburg since 1915. KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952. Additional study: Mshnesota. At Augsburg since 1955. ANNE PEDERSON, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 1932-44,and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 19f3.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. M ~ QUA~WCH, R ~ PhD., Professor of Ed?~cution University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D., A&.,Aug~burgCollege, TgZ9; rgvz. High Schonl administration, Manmtitle, Minn., 1929-36. Teaching: valdorf College, 1936-38. Reghcrar, Awgsburg College, 1939-46;Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. DONALDREIMER,A.B., lnsfructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. U. S. Army, 1953-55-Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 195 5 . RODERICKROBERTSON, A.M., Instructor in Speech A.B., h e l l University, 1950; A.M., Cornell University, 1954. Additional study: Oxford University, England. Teaching: Come11 University, 1953-54; Oxford English Center, summer session, 1955. A t Augsburg since 1955. LELANDB. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Mwic A.B., Augsburg College, 193 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Comfition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), I 94I -43. Teaching: High Schml, 1935-39.Miusic Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Dirqtor, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46.At Augsburg 1941-43,and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Mwic A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: N o d Dakota, Minnesota. Teamchiig: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194.2-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1912RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936. A t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERC,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Semkary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion JOHN M. STENSVAAG, For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MERTONP. STROMMEN, A.M., Th.B., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.At Augsburg since 1947. WENDELLSWANSON, A.B., Instructor in Reed lnstruments A.B., University of Minnesota, 1939. Teaching: Minneapolis College of Music, 1944-.At Augsburg since 1955. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., 1936.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel ColColorado State lege, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; College of Education, 1946-47.YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1947. OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolph- College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota. 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Ad,olphus College, 1947-49, 1950-1 I . Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 193 6-3 8. A t Augsburg since 1940. A.M., Associate Professor, of English GERALDH. THOKSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia. U. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946. s. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: Amer,ican Con$ervatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, I 945 -47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, a'nd since A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and EducaMARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, tion A.B., University of Nebraska, 193 y ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: H a n a r d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teachi,ng: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1953-55. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. A t Augsburg since 1943. SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Prof essm of Business Administration and Economics B.S., University of htinnesota, 1947; M.B.A., H a n a r d University, 1949; Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1952-53. A,t Augsburg since 1953. ANDERSKVAMME,A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mdthematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Au:gsburg since 1955. GRADUATES COLLEGE, 1954 With the degree of Bachelor of Arts Aasen, E, Hildegarde . . . . . . . . . .Winger Allar, Donald J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Anderson, Donald Walter ....... Wayzata Anderson, Arthur Leroy . . ..Minneapolis Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Theodore Wayne .- .St. Paul . Becker, Louis Oliver . . . . . .St. Louis Park Berntsen, Ruth Ann ........ .Minneapolis Blake, Shirlee Arlene . . . ..Ottawa, Ill. Botko, Witlard John . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Chilstrom, Herbert W. . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Dill, Donald John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Elk River Dorr, Ardis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Eldal, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Garfield Erlandson, Wallace Emerson . .Minneapolis Evenson, Leland Elroy . . . . . . . . . . Hanska Fisher. George William ........ ..Morris Froiland, David C. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Fullerton, Gerald LeRoy . . , .Minneapolis Gante, Marshall Henry . . . . . .Minneapolis Gustafson, Violet E. . . . .McGregor, N. D. Hafstad, Wallace LeRoy . . . . . . .Hawley Hamberg, Elaine Lorella .Williston, N. D. Harkman, Maryls Ann . . . . . . ..Cokato Harrison, Jean L. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Florence . . . . . . .Binford, . N. D. Hibbard, Gerald Cletus . . . ..Minneapolis Hielmeland, Selmer Jerome Williston, N. D. Hoeft, Robert Louis . . . . . . . . . . . .Shafer Holmberg, Richard Daniel . . .Minneapolis Huglen, Erling S. 8. . . . . .Newfolden Hushagen, Orpha L. A. . . . . . . ..Gonvick Ingman, Robert C. Isaacson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . - - . ..St. Paul . . . ..Minneapolis Jacobson, Luther H. Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . .Rosemount Johnson, Marcellus L. Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis .Minneapolis Johnson, Richard Jerome .. Kleven, Lowell H. .Blanchardville. Wis. Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Maryan Alberta . . .Granite Falls Kylla, Valborg Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyan Langseth, Robert Vern . . .Argusville, N. D. Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Larsson, Kentan Dale . . . . . ..Taylors Falls Lodahl, Helen M. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. Lusk, George W. ............ .St. Paul Lyngdal, Colette M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Marquardt, William G. . . . . . . . St. Paul Mathiason, Alan . . . . . . . . . .Warthington Mattison, Robert T. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Mickelberg, E. D. . . . . . Onalaska, Wis. Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Myhre, Richard Thomas . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Gordon Arlen ...... .Minneapolis Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . . . ..Ellendale Nelson, Marion Jane . . . . . . .Minneapolis Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norum, Donald Allan .......... .Hallock ~ y $ u s , Edward Obert . Cumberland, Wis. Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Can. Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . Olson, Julian Richard . . Oudol, Yvonne Maureen .Racine, Wis. . . . Minneapolis . . .Minneapolis Parkhurst, Milford Charles. .Mondovi, Wis. Patterson, Robert James . . . . . . . . . Lucan Peterson, Lloyd Evans . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . Excelsior Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . Alvarado Pousi, Ruth Miriam . . . . . . . Dossel Pribble, Fred C. . . , . . . . . . . . ..Austin Reimer, Donna Erickson . . . . . . Duluth Reinertson, Arlene Kathryn . . .Moorhead Robertorye, Paulette . .Whitefish, Mont. Rolf, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Ronningen, Morlene Ann . . .Carpio, N. D. Rust, Gary Roger . . . . . .Harwood, N. D. Saari, Corwyn Jane . . . . . .Minneapolis Sandness, Albert J. Jr. LaMoure, N. D. Sandquist, Shirley Kathryn . . .Cambridge Seaver, John Edson . . . . . . Minneapolis Sevold, Raymond Hove . . . . . Minneapolis Shiell, James Lester . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Siege!, David Howard . . . . Minneapolis Skogen, Clyde Lester . . . . . . . . . .Isle Skovholt, Ardelle Elaine Mooreton, N. D. Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . Williston, N. D. Sonsteng, Ruth . . . . . . . . .Salol Sorenson, James Arthur . . . . Eleva, Wis. Strande, Nels A. D. , . Braoten Thoreson, Allan Robert . . . . . . . . .Peterson Thorson, Arthur William . . New Brighton Tjornhom, Barbaro Lou . . . . . . . . .St. Paul . . Minneapolis Trelstad, Jerome Conley Twiton, Robert E. . . . . .Sun Prairie, Wis. Undseth, Morvin Sylvester . . .Minneapolis Vick, Oliver Karl . . . . . Spring Grove Walker, Marilyn Kvam . . . . . .Minneapolis Warner, Ruth Elaine . . . . . . .Duluth Westphal, Joanne Carolyn . . Madelia COLLEGE, 1955 With t h e degree of Bachelor of Arts Aho, Arnold Duane ... .Minneapolis Amundson, Robert Edward . .Minneapolis .Minneapolis Andersen, Sam C. . . . Anderson, Curtis M. . . . . . . ..Bruno Anderson, Donna Louise .Argyle, Wis. Anderson, James W. . . . Minneapolis Benson, John E. Berge, Mavis S. . . . Bodin, Wesley James Bosmoe, Valborg Jean Bouchard, Janet A. Bremseth, Janice M. Briggs, Walter C. . . Milwaukee, Wis. Lansebora Minneapolis Pierpont, S. D. Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis Coviness, David C.. Dahlin, Maxine M. Danger, Mary Jean Drake, Spencer Ralph Dronen, Richard Arlen Egertson, Darrell J. Eide, Delores Mae Minneapolis . .Cokato Krueger, Wallace T. Kvamme, Anders . . . . .Minneapolis Voss, Norway Larson, Audrey Virginia . . Robbinsdale Lelvis, Patricia Marie . Chatham, Mich. Lunow, Arthur Alan . . . . . .St. Louis Park . . . . Dalton Maeland, Arnulf Julius Magnuson, Albert Carl Mahre, Richard A. . Martinsen, Ralph W. Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . Mulliken, John Kitredge . Minneapolis Nelson, Lennart Dean Nelson, Philip A. ... Omdahl, .Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis . . . Dawson . . St. Paul . . . .Madelia Beverly F. . . . . . . . Fosston .Stanchfield . .Minneapolis Minneapolis .. , Minneapolis Minneapolis Pauluk, George . . . . Peterson, Clinton Jerome . . Minneapolis Jackson Quanbeck, Paul Martin . . . . Minneapolis Roesler, William Arnold . . . . . .St. Paul Holling, Beverly J. Minneapolis Sather, Dayne W. Northwood, N. D. Halvorson, Arvin H. Galesburg, N. D. Skoar, David Wayne . . . . . . .Rockfard, Ill. Halvorson, Helen A. Galesburg, N. D. Hanson, James Edward Minneapolis Skjerseth, Donald . Brocket, N. D. Honson, Lee David Long Prairie Sneitzer, Robert F. . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Hanson, Wallace Leonard Waseca Kandiyohi Soderberg, LaYonne Anita . Helland, Rachel E. Thief River Falls Steinbrecher, Woyne G. . Minneapolis Heng, Rolf 0. Minneapolis Stensrud, Richord H. . . Minneapolis Henjum, Raymond Harris Hoffman Strandlie, Wenona : , . . . . . Benson Herman, Robert Marvin Minneopolis Holcombe, Thomas Earl M~nneapolis Thompson, Agnes Elaine .Minneapolis Thoreson, Wayne Laverne Peterson Jenson, John Richard Minneopolis Twedt, Agnes S. . . . . . . . McHenry, N. D. Jorgensen, Beverly Mae Delano Tweet, Agnes Marie . Tunbridge, N. D. Kohls, Allan J.' Minneapolis Wes?, Kenneth W. , Maple Park, Ill. SEMINARY, 1954 With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Berkland, Theodore A. . . Minneapolis Christopherson, James E. Valley City, N. D. Erickson, Stanley R. . . . . . Minneapolis . Kollevig, Lloyd C. Storley, Calvin . '. Vaagenes, Morris G. . . . .Willmar Roslyn, S. D. Minneapolis With the degree of Graduate in Theology Gudim, Milo D. . Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . Mc Ville, N. D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Soli, John . .... . Minneapolis SEMINARY, 1955 With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Anenson, LeRoy H. Halverson, William H. Johnson, Morris .. .Minneapolis Minneapolis Racine, Wis. Rokke, David Thorpe, Gordon Minneapolis Aniwa, Wis. With the degree of Graduate in Theology Dahle, Norman A. Oman, Lyman . . Swonson, Edward E. . . , . . . Aitkin Amery, Wis. .Minneapolis Underbakke, Leland Vaagenes, Carl . Minneapolis Minneapolis STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1954-1 955 College First Semester Class Eqen Women Second Semester Total Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . Sophomore . . . Freshman . . . . . Special ...... Pr. Nurse (S. H.) . Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total Total College Enrollment, 1954-1 955 Class Men .. Senior . Junior . . . Sophomore . Freshman . , Special . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) - Total 44 1 Women Total - - 364 805 Theological Seminary, 1 954-1 955 Semester I Men Third Year Second Year First Year Special . Total Semester II Men Total Men Total TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1954-1955 COLLEGE Men Students . Women Students Total ... , , , , , SEMINARY Men Students . . Women Students , Total . . . . . . , , , , . , , , , , , . , . , . , . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , , , .. ............... .. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... , STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956 College Second Semesbr First Semester Men Class Women Total Men Senior . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . Freshman . . . Speciol . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total Total College Enrollment, 1955-1956 Men . . . . Senior Junior ....... Sophomore . . ... Freshman Special . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total 495 Women 386 Total Women Total Theological Seminary, 1 955-1956 Semester I Msn Men Third Year ......... 6 Second Year . . . . . . . . . 10 11 First Year . . . . . . . . . . Special ............1 Total .............. Total Semester II Men 6 6 10 11 10 11 1 - - 27 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . ...... ................................. SEMINARY Men Students . Women Students ....................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ Total Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once SUMMARY OF GRADUATES SEMINARY Graduates-1870-1953 .. Graduotes-1954 .. Graduates-1955 Total . . . . . . . . . 629 . ................ , , , , , , , ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 10 648 COLLEGE Total Total Graduates 21 12 2760 INDEX Page Academic. Administration . . . . . . 33 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Admission. College . . . . . . . . . 33 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 94 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 . Administrotive Staff . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 34 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Alumni Association. The . . . . . . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 71 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . 21 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . 12 Augsburg Foundation. The . . . . . . . 10 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 32 . Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 70 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 86 Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . 14 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration. Curriculum . 46 Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 80 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30 70 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70 Christian Education and Sociology . . 103 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . 100 Classical Languages. Department of . . 59 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Clubs 29 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . .106 38 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents, Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 Control, Financial Support and . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22. Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . 53 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 53 . 42 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30. Deficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . .. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . 64 34 39 50 Page Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11. 26 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . 41 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . 54 Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29. 64 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Educational Plant . . . . . . . 10 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . . 20. 26 Employment Service Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 50 E.nglish. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 60 English Proficienq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Entrance Requirements. College . . 33 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 38 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . ..14. 16. 95 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . -107 Fees ................... 15 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Support and Control 9 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . 10 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 . . . 7 Fundamental Aims . General Information . . . . . . 5 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 German. Department of . . . . . . . 65 Grade Values .............. 38 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Graduates-(1 870-1955)' Summary of 120 Graduation Requirements. College . . 39 Grants-inuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 . . . 91 Health and Physical Education Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 98 Hebrew High School Teaching. Curriculum . . 44 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Home Economics. Department of . . . . 83 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . 45 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . 38. 40 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.41 . . . . . . -13 Hospital Affiliation Housing . . . . . . . . 26 P&s ......... 59 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercollegiate Activities. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Humanities. Division of the Journalism ....................... 31 63 Lower Division Requirements ........ 39 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . 12 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Law. Pre-Low Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Library 12 Library Science ................... 79 Loan Funds ...................... 17 Location . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5, 123 Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70 Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . 90 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 48 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . 51 Membership in Educational Associations 9 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . . .42. 95 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Missionary Work. preparation for . . . 43 Museum. The ..................... 1 1 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Music. Organizations .......... .30. 70 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Testament (Seminary) Norwegion. Courses in .......... Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of ...... .... Old Testament (Seminary) ....... Oratory ..................... .30. 64 Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Organizations. Student ............ 29 Orientation ................... .25, 77 Parish Work. Preparotion for ....... 43 Pastoral Theology ................. 101 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Personnel Services. Student 23 Philosophy. Department of .......... 57 Physical Education. Department of Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Physical Sciences. Department of ..... 87 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Piano ........................... 70 Placement Service for Graduates 26 Plant 10 Political Science 74 Polity, Worship. and Parish Work ..-102 Practical Theology ................ 101 ......... ..... ........................... ................... p w 95 18 rre-seminary Curriculum ........ 4 2 Prizes. Scholarships and ............ Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purpose ......................... * 76 28 5' ............. Recreational Activities 22 Records . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Registration, Change of 35 Religion and Philosophy, Division of . . 55 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . ., 41 Eomance Languages, Department of .. 67 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ............ .. Scandinavian Language and Literature 66 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Secretarial Work Curriculum ........ 52 Seminary. Admission .............. 94 Seminary. Faculty .................107 Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 97 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .14. 95 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . 22 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . Social Sciences. Division of the ..... Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Programs of Study . . . . . , . . Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . Student Activities, Coordination of . . Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . Student Government 27 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 23 Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ............... Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .44. 77 Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 37 Theology. College Preparation' for 42. 95 Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 97 Theological Seminary. Augsburg 94 Transfer and Advanced Standing 34. 95 Trustees. Board of ................ 104 Tuition and Fees 14. 15 .... .............. University Courses ................ Upper Division Requirements ........ 40 ............. Veterans. Admission of 34 Voice ........................... 71 Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with administrative offices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street at Twenty-first Avenue South. The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines: 1. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin 2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside 3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue 4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue Main Switchboard-Science Hall * , * * Hours: Monday through Friday-7:55 Saturday-8:30 Dormitories Memorial Hall: - , , . , , , a.m. to 5:00 p.m. a.m. to 12:30 p.m. . . . Alpha House ............................................................................... Beta House EE 8.0501 F ............ 3.9143 3.9052 Gamma House ................................................................................ I ? 3.91 12 Delta House .................................................................................... FE 2,9949 Miriam House -FE 2.9229 Morton Hall ....................................................................................E 2.9590 Residence for Women .......................................................................... E 2-9161 Library ...................................................................................................... E 8.0505 Health Office ......................................................................................... E 6.2468 ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and requirements for admission. OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information for admission to the Theological Seminary. and requests SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY EVALUATION OF CREDITS--Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life. DEAN OF STUDENTS For information that does not appear to be covered above AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota - CALENDAR 1956 1957 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 21 . . . . . . JANUARY S M T W T F S .... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . NOVEMBER .... ,... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . DECEMBER ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 24 25-26 27 28 29 30 31 . .', . . . . . . . . MARCH ............ FEBRUARY JUNE .........- 1 2 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 27 28 8 15 22 .. 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 APRIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . 4 11 18 25 .. 1957 NOVEMBER JANUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 0 3 1 . . FEBRUARY ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 .. 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 ............ JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 31 AUGUST . . . . . . . . -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. ...... 1 8 15 22 29 MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. JUNE ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12131415 16 17 18. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . JULY .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 31 . . . . . . .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 ........ 1 2 3 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 4 11 18 25 ...... MARCH 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 . . . . . . 7 14 21 28 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 2 7 2 8 ............ 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . OCTOBER .... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13141516171819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . .......... 9 16 23 .. .......... 1 2 3 10 17 24 MAY S M T W T F S ...... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . ............ 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 2 7 2 8 ............ APRIL .. 9 16 23 30 10 17 24 .. 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 ...... ...... AUGUST 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 9 16 23 30 10 17 24 31 A
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below. FRESHlYIAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. . ................ .Z Basic Bible Fi-eshrnan English .3 Natural Science ........--.-3 Typewriting ............... .I Physical Activities '5 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ......... ......... I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 'h 4 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Chzrrch History .-2 Speech 11 ................ ..2 3 Speech 12 ..................3 Foreign Language .3 General Psychology .3 3 Fine Arts ...................1 First Aid ..............-.... Natural Science ........... .3 2 Speech 16 ................. .Electives .................... 3 3 ........... ......... ....... - SENIOR JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 T h e Missionary Enterprise . Principles of Christian Education ................ .2 2 T h e Christian Churches T h e Lutheran Church ..... .% Social Psychology or Urban Sociology ................ .3 Acting 3 Crafts 2 Elementary Shorthand .... .3 3 Recreational Activities ..... 1 Electives .................. .6 4 .- ...- - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educational Psychology ... .3 H y m n s and Music o f t h e Church .................. .2 Journalistic Writing .. .: ... 2 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice .........3 Electives .................. .8 6 - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature, French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. Cr. .2 Religion 1, 2 ............. English 1, 2 .............. . 3 History or Sociology ..... 3 Foreign Language .4 'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4 Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$ ....... .JUNIOR Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 or 4 2 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Foreign Language .3 Psychology .Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4 Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ............... Cr. 2 3 3 - 3 6 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... .3 Education 73. 74 -1 Speech .................... Electives in Major or Minor ................ 10 ........ - Cr. 3 3 1 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Education 76 .............. Education 78 .............. 3 Special Methods ......... .4 Education 97 ............. .4-5 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives in Major or Minor ..................... 7 -- - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits: foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental appreval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 2 2 3 Freshman English ......... .3 Western Civilization .3 3 Modern Foreign Language 4 4 Physical Science ....... .3 or 4 3 or 4 (Selected from Physics 3, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, 6. 32) Physical Activities ........ Yi 'h ...... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Literature .................. 3 Child Psychology .......... .2 Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,.. Methods & Materials of the c&I ~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl r~ culum (Music, Science & Health. Art, Mathematics. Physical Education) ... .3 Observation of Teaching . .I Electives .6 - .................. 2 SOPHOMORE ISm. Cr. Sem. Cr. - 3 2 Religion ................... .2 General Biology ...........9 Speech ..................... General Psychology ....... . 3 Geography ................. U. S. History .............. .3 Modem Foreign Language ..3 Health .................... . 2 .- SENIOR ' a 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Religion ................... Observation of Teaching . I Teaching of Reading ...... .3 Seminar in Teaching ....... Directed Teachine ......... Children's ite era cure .......3 Methods & Materials of the Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies & Language Arts) ......... . 3 Government ............... . 3 Electives ....................2 Cr. . - VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. 88 / Curriculums FRESHMAN .. .............. 2 I Sem Cr Religion 1. 2 Physical Education ........ J'2 English ..................... 3 Sociology ................... 3 Biology 1-2. or 4 or 13-14' I1 Sem. Cr 2 . Yz 3 . Religion 3 4 ............... Psychology Foreign Language Physics ..................... Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or I Sem . I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 4 4 3 . .................. .......... 5. 32 ..................... 4 .................. 0 4 ........ ........................- Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development .......... Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 Art in Daily Living 3 Nutrition Clothing Selection ......... 3 Clothing Construction JUNIOR SOPHOMORE . I Sem Cr . Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3 Speech S Economics ............. , Color and Design .......... - 3 Home Planning & Furnishing ........................ Family Health ............. 2 Textiles ..................... Z Educational Psychology ....3 Teaching i n Sec. Schools . Group Activity ............ .I .... IISem . Cr . 2 3 2 - - 3 -- .- - 3 1 SENIOR .. .................... 2 I Sem Cr Religion Literature Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2 Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9 Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2 Home Management Lab .....2 Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2 .. I1 Sem Cr 2 3 4 2 3 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements . CHEMISTRY The following couise of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry . Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language . FRESHMAN .. . I Sem. II Sem Cr Cr . Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5 Religion 1. 2 ................ 2 English 1. 2 ................ 3 History or Sociology 3 Physical Education 3 4 .... % ......... 4 5 . 2 3 3 I/, JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Ct. Cr 4 Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4 . ............... Chemistry 82 Chemistry 84 ................ Chemistry 93 11 German 1-2 ................ 4 Mathematics 61 .a Physics ...................... Religion ..................... Fine Arts .................. 3 .............. ........... . SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem . Cr . Cr ............ 4 4 5 4 2 2 4 ..- SENIOR . ........5 Chemistry 53. 54 Mathematics 51. 52 Physics 5. 6 ................ Religion 3. 4 .............. Speech ..................... Literature or Philosophy 2 3 . I Sem. I1 Sem . . Pr Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3 ~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1 Chemistry 90 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m . Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O ................... 2 Religion French 1-2 ................. 4 Physics ..................... 4 ................ . .. Cr 1 3 4 Arr . 0 2 4 . *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng special training in dietetics . Curriculums / 89 BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Freshman English .......... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History or Sociology .3 Introduction to Business .. 3 Physical Education ........ % Natural Science ........... .- 2 3 Religion Foreign Principles of Economics ....3 Principles of Accounting . 3 Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3 Speech ................... - 2 Sent. Cr. 2 3 . ...... JUNIOR ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Psychology ................. 3 Business Law ............ . 3 Public Finance or Money and Banking ........... . 3 Corporation Finance or Marketing ................... 3 Electives .........,......... 7 7 - - - I Sem. Cr. .................... 2 Language ........ . 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3 Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3 Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3 Industrial Management or Labor-Management Rela3 tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. .... 3 Electives ................10 or 11 7 - - Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. LAW Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is required, but the student should select a broad program including courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below: FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Foreign Language ........ .4 4 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Natural Science ........... .4 4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....H % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr, Cr. Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2 2 English Literature .J 3 Foreign Language .B 3 Health ..................... . 2 Logic ..................... . 3 Social Science ............ .3 3 Natural Science ........... . 4 4 ........ ........ SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community 90 / Curriculums organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools oE social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all such students. FRESHMAN Religion English Hktory Foreign .............. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .2 .3 .3 Language .4 1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3 Sociel R o b I m s Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h 1, 2 1, 2 1. 2 .............. ............... ........ ......... JUNIOR 2 3 3 4 - 3 lh I S m . IISem. Gr. Religion ................... . 3 Principles of Economics .3 Fields of Social Work ..... . 3 Criminology ............... . 3 Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech Electives ................ - 6 . Cr. -3 -3 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2 American Government .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Psychology .................3 Statistics .................... Rural Sociology ........... 3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3 ... - SENIOR 2 3 3 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Introduction to Methods o f Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3 Abnormal Psychology ...... History of Philosophy ... . 3 Electives in Upper Division Courses ..................10 - 3 3 3 3 4 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN J S m . LISm. CT. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 English 1, 2 ................3 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 .... History or Sociology ..... .3 Foreign Language ........ .4 Physical Education 3, 4 '6 + .... 2 3 4 3 4 'h JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .2 2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4 0-4 Biology 13-14 ............ .4 4 Fine Arts ..................3 Foreign Language .3 3 Electives .................. .3 ............. ......... SENIOR I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Bacteriology Literature or Philosophy .. . 3 Chemistry 61 .............. 4 S ~ e e c h ..................... Social Science ............ . 3 Electives .................... 4 - 3 4 2 3 5 Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have or more years of c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing. Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend. ut least one year of college. En many instances two FRESHMAN I Sem. II,Sem, Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Z Freshman English .3 General Zoology ......... .4 Health .................... .1 Sociology ................. . 3 Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5 Electives ................... .2 2 3 ........ 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Relieion ................... Cr. .2 or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3 ................ Psychology -3 C h ~ l d Care ,............... Gcneral Chand Qualitative Analpsf< .4 Phi,s~ral ducati in; .2 Fjrst Aid .................. . - Cr. 2 3 2 ... E!ectircs ....... - ................... .Z Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School 01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota. FIRST Y E A R I Sem. Biology 3 .......................... Biology 7 ......................... Chemistry 3 ........................ Psychology 7 ....................... CT. 4 ., 3 3 2 SECOND YEAR I Sem. CT. Sociology 5 ......................... 2 Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering, and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. V . L FRESHMAN I Sem II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 2 English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3 3 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5 5 Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S 3 Physics 5, 6 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5 ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 Mathematics 51, 52 .5 Physics 52 ................. Physics 53 -3 Chemistry 15, IS ......... Social Science ... , .........3 ....... - ................. 2 5 3 .+ Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. C r. --. .2 Religion ................. English 1, 2 .............. .a Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4 Mathematics 13, 14 .5 Electives .................. .3 ....... SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion ................... Zoology Chemistry 52, 81 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .2 .................... ............ 44 Cr. 2 4 .4 .................. .a MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 .2 Religion 1, 2 3 English 1. 2 ............... . 3 #emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4 Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5 Physical Education 3, 4 ....% History or Social Science . . 3 ............ JUNIOR SOPHOMORE C*. - Cr. 2 4 ......... SENIOR I S e n . II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 3 Social Science or Historv . . 3 German ....................3 Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4 Physics 5, 6 ...............4 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 r Sem. rr Scm. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 German ....................Q Biology 13, 14 ............ .4 Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2 I s m . 11 Sem. cr. Religion ................... . 3 Social Science ............. Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4 Electives .................. - 9 - Cr. Curriculums / 93 SECRETARIAL WORK The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. ?I student ~ h has o had simila~cowses in high school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ . FIRST YXAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ................... .3 Freshman Enalish ........ 3 3 Elementary ~fpewriting . . I Intermediate Typewriting ..2 Introduction to Business . . 3 Office Machines ........... *2 Elementary Shorthand ... - 3 3 Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4 I42 Electives ................... 5 5 SECOND YEAR I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ...................-2 2 Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting -2 2 Advanced Shorthand ..... .2 3 Principles of Accounting ...3 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ .3 5 Electives .................... 5 ... - Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world. Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following : P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p . 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. years P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year Germs, or Latin, or Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5 SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as many as possible of the folIowing: English Speech Psycholog ..History -.-....LL-----.L---. Youth Work Natural Science -. Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education .. Typewriting 1 . - .-1 - 2 years 1 year year 2 years 1 semester 1 year 1 year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S ~ E N TARE S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Aupburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is papabk a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. 96 / Augshrg Theological Seminary EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary / 97 The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. Courses of Study' THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical origin of the Biblical writings. z Cr. OLD TESTAMENT A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS. with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old Testament. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE. Place of the Psalms in the worship I . of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.) 3 Cr. "With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS. A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) I Cr. NEW TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.) zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary 01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1961-62.) CHURCH HlSTORY MR. SONNACK 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins 2 Cr. with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.) 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr, is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.) 44. 45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY MR. OLSON OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLES methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the 2 Cr. Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 2 Cr. 1961-62.) CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications ~ 4 55. , of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study SYMBOLICS 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 102 / A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U basis for the Christian ministry, the call and of Ehe pastor, hia public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) 2 0. 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given 2 Cr. to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.) 6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers 2 Cr. are studied. Seniors. C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103 CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION. A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.) I Cr. 71. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation I Cr. to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.) HYMNOLOGY. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.) I Cr. 74. D. Christian Education and Sociology Studies in the application of basic 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION. principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. THE CHURCH A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. z Cr. 77. Emphasis upon preparation and practice in delivery of sermons is included in the homilectics course for Seminary Middlers. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Oficers of the Board THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President . MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary . MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Term Expires in 1961 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church Austin, Minnesota MR. L. S. HARBO, Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota MR. HERBERT Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company Term Expires in 1964 The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Personnel / r 05 MR. JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company ddvisory Mern bers The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . PAUL G. SONNACK. . , . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty MELVIN A. HELLAND .........- .Secretary of the Theological Faculty Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60 AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian . CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDELVINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer S. V . HJELMELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVING HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian MARCELLUSJOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs. Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs. Ruth Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and Mrs. James Glasoe. Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960 Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen. Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick. Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins. Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci, Holum. Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel. Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg. Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng. Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn. Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.) R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre. Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson. Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and Religion; College Chaplain A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion (on leave). A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60. For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty listing. Io8 / Personnel DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M., Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. LAWRENCE M. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At . A u g k g since '955. AUGSBURG COLLEGE COURTLAND L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. L n a MAE ANDEREGG, M.A., Instructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. ALBERTB. ANDERSON, A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956. At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60). ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basbtball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Personnel / 109 A.B., Dean of Students PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, ~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary, Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1954. LRL H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College, Study: University of Chicago. I 93 1. Additional Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin MARIOCOLACCI, Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsburg since 1952. AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. I Io / Personnel IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21; Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5. JACK FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954. ORLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Instr~~cbor in,History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. W~LMM H. HALVERSON, Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959. ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss Administration A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I. Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5 2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since Professor of Psychology 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, 1953. Personnel / III THEODORE J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching: Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar Augsburg since 1976. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music, I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g . MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business Administrotion A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona! Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry JOHN R. HOLUM, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I2 / Personnel EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8. KARLLN, ROBERT B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges AB., Voss S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I3 CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota. Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. ERWIND. MICKELBERG, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6. F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching: Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At Augsburg since I 9 59. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. I I4 / Personnel CATHERINE NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg since I 95 8. IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948 KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 6. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7 Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. Personnel / II5 OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D., ,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50; University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc, I ~ J Z - T ~A . t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 . MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-. At Augsburg since 1958. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD, A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since R u m SEGOLSON, M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At Augsburg since I 944. GEORGESOBERG, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. I I6 / Personnel R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957. ROBERTC. STENSTROM, M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8. MERTONP. STROMMEN, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since (Xu H. SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959. GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I7 VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. ADELEF. TURRITTIN, B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958. B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg since 1959. HELENULVESTAD, B.A., Instructor in Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English (Deceased, October 29, 1959) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz. MANIVALD ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Deceased, November I , 19 5 8) Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58. I I8 / Personnel ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-. OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59. WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957. Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59. DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59. LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9. JOHN V. HALVORSON, C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59. Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59. WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59. Personnel / I 19 GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota. Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59. MARYBELLE RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver, 1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59. PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59. DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. SHELDONL. TORGERSON, B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup., Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar, 1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59. A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46. Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and 1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59. ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t Augsburg 1958-59. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958 WITH THE Almquist, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, DEGREE OF BACHELC IR ......... ....... James Arnold .Spicer Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis Eugene M. .Minneapolis Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis. Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson Minneapolis b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b Berge. Gerald P. .Minneapolis Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk, Bergtnm. R o w G. ..WinneupolLs Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph San Francisco, Calif. Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis .Wyoming Bullock, Richard W. Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis .......... ...... ........ ........ Minneapolis Carlson. Roger Alvin .Nopeming Cherne, John Edward Christenson, Erwin William Portefield, Wis. ....... Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis. Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa Dodds, Donald Jack .Minneapolis Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak. Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby ........ Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis OF ARTS Johnson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Johnson, Betty J. ..........Minneapolis C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis Wayne Charles St. Paul ........ Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak. ............Minneapolis ............Minneapolis Lindell, Alice M. Lindell, John L. Lundquist, Elyce Ellen ..........Buffalo Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa Miskowiec, John Jr. .JTinn@apo?is Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ? ...... Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis. Niederloh. Janet M. Chetek, Wis. ....... Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla. Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis. Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis Olson, Richard Carl Minneapolis Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis ........ Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield ~ Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis Gllmme. Hugh Mfnnea?wI% Schulz. Davlci W. .Minneapolis Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul G r t q . Bonita Mad IZemderaan Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y. Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr. Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre Minneauolis Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont. Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine Duluth Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls Thompson, Norman Ephriam Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis Leonard, N. Dak. Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis. Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis Hovland, Anna Jane Mora Welch, Robert M. .Minneapolis West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis .............. ........... ......... ...... ............. ......... . Graduates / 1 2I AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959 W I THE ~ DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me. Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville Andersen. Sara Jane Robbinsdale Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis ...... ..... .Lamberton Batalden, Charlotte D. Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis. Wanmka Berg, John Allen Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale .Lakefield Berkness, Vernon Orville Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth Northpod, N.Y. Lamberton Burreson, Dennis Basil Byhre, Mary H. .Minneapolis ............ .... ...... ............. Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis Christensen, Paul James "Stewart Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis. . ..... Doren, Mary Mathilda ..........St. Eldridge, Patricia Darlene Fall, Ronald David Fering, Charles A. Paul ........Shafer .............. Ivanhoe Lambe~ton ........... Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton Grahn, Dale E. .Minneapolis Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis Grant, Gaylord 0. ..Minneapolis .Minneapolis Green, Richard Reginald Grill. Keith E. .Caruthers. Calif. Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis. Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis ........... ........ .. ....... Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis Hawks, Franklin D. Willmar Heggem. Kenneth Clark .Minneapolis Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis Hemingway, G. Jerome .Minneapolis Hill, Rodney Elmer Cokato .Spring Vallql, Wis. Hojem, Ruth E. Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis .Minneapolis Home, Harry James Hulbert, Elsbeth M. New York, N.Y. ... ............ ... ... ............ ....... .... Jacobson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich. Corrine Joann ......Northf eld Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis .Savage William Douglas ..... Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash. Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis. Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm ....... Kambak, Harold M. .Minneapolis Kim, Ock Hyung . - .......... Seoul. Korea Kopka. Heinrich Pine River Kopp, Wilbur E. .Minneapolis Kvamme, Ardella E. .Minneapolis ............. ......... ..... Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A. Minneapolis Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale Lyngdal, John Walter .Duluth ........... Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis Martinsen. John Phillip Menominie, Mich. Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis Matheson, Donald W. .Minneapolis Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis Moen. Thomas Harold .Minneapolis Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa ...... .... Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield .... Olsen, Willard L. Watertown, S.D. Olson, Donald C. .Minneapolis Olson, Douglas 0. .Minneapolis Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls Overby, Richard N. ............Mound ......... ......... Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis Pearson, Vivian K. Skor .Minneapolis Peterson, Eugene S. .Jackson Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis Pulkrabek, Carol Rose .St. Paul Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis .. .......... ....... Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis Quanbeck, Norman J. Bertha .......... Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight ..Minneapolis .............. Ashby .... ..Minneapolis Ringstad, David J. Romo, Luther Edward Sabo, Martin Olav ........Alkabo, N.D. ..... Sallen, Donald Arthur .Minneapolis Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan .Minneapolis Sletten. Richard Glenn Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis ........Minneapolis Solomon, Morton B. Strand, Theodore Hagen Svanoe, Rennard Gale ....Minneapolis .... .Minneapolis .......... Thorson, Dale B. .Minneapolis Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson ..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis. , Twiton, Mary Ann Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis West, Stuart E. Cla~kjield Willmar Westphal, Carolyn J. .. ............... ........... ..... Zielke, Carolyn Margaret ..Minneapolis AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958 WITH T H E DEGREE OF BACHELOROF THEOLOGY Gusdal, Delmar M. Erickson, Manitoba, Canada Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak. .Madela Nelson, Philip A. ............. Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn. .Hoffman Shiell, Wendell C. Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn. Steinbrecher, Wayne G. .Long Siding ........... ... AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959 Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn. Evavold, Charles A. .Battle Lake Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England Nevin, LeRoy E. .Cumberland, Wk. ....... ..... Anderson Kenneth L. Anderson, Norman E. Hagestuen, Richard M. Swenson, Jasper .......Owatonna .......Lamberton ....... . S b b u c k .............Rendricks Enrollment Summary STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959 College Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . _ Junior .................. Sophomore ............ Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . . Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) ......... Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) .... TV Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total First Semester Men Women Total 83 107 117 191 32 30 45 68 167 11 37 32 113 152 185 358 43 37 32 46 99 14 12 46 2 1 - . . . . . . . . . . ., 533 99 12 11 Second Semester Men Women Total 78 109 113 175 32 29 46 64 153 14 107 155 177 328 46 A 558 TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959 Claw Men 85 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students- (only) .......... 2 N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . Women Total 31 48 73 168 18 37 32 46 99 13 11 116 167 195 379 60 37 32 46 . 99 15 12 576 THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959 Semester I Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................. .6 7 9 1 Semester II Men 6 7 9 Total Men 6 7 9 - . 1 . 23 22 n TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Total - ............................. Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - Total 23 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . 1175 2 . STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Class Men Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . 2 36 44 89 171 13 42 29 45 95 21 127 144 203 436 50 42 29 45 95 29 - 615 585 1200 . . Total , ............ Second Semester Total Men Women 36 122 86 43 145 102 85 199 114 164 412 248 13 52 39 First Semester Women Total . TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961) Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . . Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . Women 36 44 90 176 18 42 29 45 95 26 . 601 Enrollment Summary / I2 5 THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960 Semester I Men 7 Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - Total .................... Semester II Men 7 7 11 1 Total Men 7 8 11 2 . . 26 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . - Total .......................... , ........ 1266 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 0 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 28 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . 1294 3 . SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Total ..................................... 679 College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320 Graduates-1870-1957 Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Total ................................... 2538 3217 Index Page Academic Administration .......... " 3 5 Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7 Page Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Education. elementary .......... .65. 87 .......................6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 !.3 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9 Alumni Association. The ............. 11 Archives. The ...................... 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71 Athletics .......................... 32 Attendance. Chapel ................ 23 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95 Audio-visual Education ............. 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86 Electives .......................... 41 Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?, 96 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91 Accreditation Administration Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89 Business Administration and Economics .69 Calendar Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95 Faculty. The ............... Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . Finonciol Support and Control Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Requirements . . . . . .40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100 ............ Classification of Students 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06 Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96 Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41. Curriculums 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline 49 ..................... -37 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88 Degrees ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Cancellation Credits English. Department of Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35 ........ 97 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28 Distinction. Degree with ............. 41 ............. 43 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53 Divisional Organization General Information Geography Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Grants-in-aid Greek, New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Health and Physicol Education ....... 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86 Health Service Historical Sketch ................... 7 .............. 6 0 History. Department of Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41 Homiletics Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Housing .......................... 26 Humanities. Division of the ..........48 Index / Page Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Journalism Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . . 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Latin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 I 27 Page 19 ............ ........................ Prizes. Scholarships and Probation Psychology 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ....................... 3 0 ........................... 8 ........................... 26 Publications Purposes Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28, ........................... Recreation Refunds Registration Registration, 32 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7 Religion ond Philosophy, Division of . . .44 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6 Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Scandinavian Language and Literature 54 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . .93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Secretarial Work Curriculum Membership in Educational Associations 6 Seminary, Ministry, Preparation for the . . . . . .84, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85 Seminary, Courses of Study Minors Seminary, Expenses Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54 Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Music, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58 Admission . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24 Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60 Social Work Curriculum Sociology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .89 . . . . . . . . . . .63 Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Schools of . . . . 15 Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28 Norwegian, Courses in Numbering of Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 98 Organizations, Student Orientation ........ 91 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of Physical Education ..... ...... ............ Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . Placement Service far Graduates . ............ ................ Plant. The Physical Political Science Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 15 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . .25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Svstematic Theolwv .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Symbols Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94 Teaching Curriculums Testing Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95 Transfer and Advanced Standing Trustees. B w r d of Tuition and Fees . .36. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17 University Courses ................. 37 Upper Division Requirements -41 ........ AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PICTURED AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is estimated at $8,000,000. Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium, student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development during this same period include additional research and instructional equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship funds. The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics, chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events. The development program states as its purpose "to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring the college to the fulfillment of its destiny." Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations, parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These volunteers work with and through a Development Council. Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan, memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable tax benefits to the donors. The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg. Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development, Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1952-1953
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR Founded 1869 Vol. XV, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1953 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minneso...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR Founded 1869 Vol. XV, No. 3 Catalog Number April, 1953 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second<lass matter March 21, 1947 at the post ofice at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. CALENDAR SEPTEMBER .. 1 2 3 4 5 . 1 2 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . 25 26 27 2 3 4 5 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Committees of the Faculq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 The Faculty ........ ............................... 7 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Financial Information 24 ............................. Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Student P e r s o ~ e Services l The College ........................................ 42 Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gradetion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 48 51 60 CouisesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of Religion and -Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' ~ivisionof the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . 61 61 65 79 93 The 'I'heological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 General Requirements . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . 101 Coursesof Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index . . . . IIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Calendar '953-1954 FIRST SEMESTER '953 . , Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests September 9 September 9-12, A.M. Wednesday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . .Registration September 9-13 September 14, 8:00 A.M. Wednesday through Sunday. . . .Freshman Days Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin September 17 Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Regiitration Fee October 17 . . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Iqcompletes October 23-25 Friday through Sunday. . . . . . . . . .Homecoming November Wednesday. 11 November 26, 27 December 16, 4:20 P.M. . . . . . .End of &st hall of Semester Thursday and Friday. . . . . .Thanksgiving Recess Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas Recess begins I954 January 4, 8:00 A.M. Monday. . . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess January 25-29 Monday to Friday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations January 29 January 18 to February z Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..First Semester ends . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester SECOND SEMESTER February 3, 8:00 A.M. Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin February 6 Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee February Monday; holiday . . . . . . .Washington's Birthday . . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Incompletes 22 March 9 April I April 14, 4 : ~ oP.M. April 20, 8:00 A.M. May 26 May 27 to June 2 Thursday. . . . . . . . .End of first half of Semester Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends Wednesday . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..College Examinations May 30 Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decgration Day May 30 June 3, 8:oo P.M. Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Service Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . .College Commencement BOARD OF 'I'RUSTEES RBV. ERNESTG. LARSON, P d e n t , Minneapolis, Mim.. .. .Term expires REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN,Vice-President, Minneapolis, Minn: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expins MR.GEORGE S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn.. .Term expires MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . . .Term expires REV. D. W. L Y N G D Duluth, ~, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Term expires MIL.EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tern expires MR. IVERI-L IVERSON, Minot, N. Dak.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires REV. CHRISTIAN G. OLSON,Seattle, Wash.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires MR.GILLERT BERG,Seattle, Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires 1954 1957 1953 1956 19 5 3 1954 1955 I 95 6 1957 Advisory Members DR.T. 0.BURN-, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Mim. DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN, President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Miieapolis, Minn. ADMINISTRATION BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . .Dean of the College and Director of Veterans Afoirs BURTONP. FOSSE. .................................... .Business Manager K. BERNER DAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students GERDA MORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women LAWRENCE A. QUANBECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations MILDREDJOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar, Secretary of tbe General Faeulty MELVINA. HELLAND.. ............... .Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mmvm E. TRAUTWEIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement MERTONP. S T R O ~ .N. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewn ....................................... Archist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Musical Organizations .............................. .Publicity Director . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary to the President and the Dean FZLEENQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . .Assistant Registrm ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: k t h u r C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Ragna Sverdrup, Bookkeeper; Mrs. Esther Halverson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Joyce Frosig, Typist, Mimeograph Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office; Le Von Paulson, Secretary, Persqmel O i h ; Anna Marie Rundstrom, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mavis Strand, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Mrs. Betty Swanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Ruth Ann Waage, Secretary, Registrar's 0 5 c e ; Shelby Gimse, Secretary; David Rokke, Student Placement Manager. Head Residpnts in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Vincent Hoversten; Sivertsen Hall, Charlotte Westby; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton -1, Ruth Ann Waage; Edda House, Alice Swensen. Snperviror of Howekeping: Olga Hennuuslie. MEDICAL STAFF Drs. C. R Wall and S. V. Thorson, Physicians. Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Lois Dahlund, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE F A C U L R 1953-1914 Admirristration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Fosse, L. A. Quan'beck. Cnrricdnm: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag. Miss Joel. Admissions m d Scholarship: Miss Joel, Lindquist, M. Quanbeck, Kleven, Thorson, L. A. Quanbeck. Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Savold, R. Anderson, Mrs. Kigsley. Librury: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock. Athletics: Saberg, Nash, E. W. Anderson, Bertness, Strommen. Social: Miss Lund, Miss Mortensen, E. Nelson, Llndquist, Mrs. Nelson. Stdies: Tnutwein, Miss Joel, Torstenson, R. Anderson, Colacci. Convocations: Thut, Miss Jensen, Sonnack, Miss Skurdalsvold. (Student members also included in this Committee.) Stdent-Famlty: Dahlen, M i Mortensen, Sateren, Miss Segolson (Student members also included in this Committee.) Teacber Edwation: Bertness, Urdahl, Miss Tangjerd, Mrs. Traumein, Mrs. Nelson. Religiorrr Life: Stensvaag, Strommen, Thelander. (Student members also included in this Committee.) 1952-1953 Faculty Council: M. Quabeck, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Lund, Miss M o c t e m , E. Nelson, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Miss Segolson, Sonnack, Thelander, Thorson, Trautweh The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL. SEMINARY ' ' ' BEUHMD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President m d Professor of Tbedogy A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25; Th.M., Princeton Thwbgical Seminary, 1927; PhD., Hartfocd kninaqFoundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G3ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Patoral work, Bmlalyn, New York 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emwitus of C h r c h History KARLERMISCH, AB., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., &go Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Tea&: Wartburg COhge, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minu1925-29. At Augsburg 1928-1952. MELVIN A. HJTLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testammf, "Seqetmy of tbe Tbeological Faculty A.B., Augsburg College, 19I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930.. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941. I v ~ nB. OLSON,A.M., Th-B., Associate Professor of S y s t m t i c Tbcology AA., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A X , University ofi Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran +logical Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, I 936-3 9; University of Minnem a , 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c b History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological ~emi&ry, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, h, 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Test& AB., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Semirury, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkjns. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. JOHN NORSTAD, A.B., C.T., S.T.M.' Special Lecturer, 195 2- y 3 ; ;Director FREDERIC of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. *In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. . ..? : AUGSBURG COLLEGE H. N. HBNDRICKSON, A.M., CT., Professor Emeritw of History and Iatin A.B, Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897; AM, University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbii Pastor. Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At Angsburg 1900-1952. KARLE u m a i , Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emmmtusof German For rtatement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. P. A. QVEBGGEN, A.M., Professor E d t u s of Englisb Ad., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minmtsota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota, I@-10; Ehworth College, 1913-15. At Augsburg 191y-1ggs. MANWALD RE, M.S., Assistout Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technobgy, Tallin, Etonia, 1941; M.S., Univenity of Minnesota, 1951. Tuching: Agirtant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg since 1949. ERNEST W. ANDERSON, M.Ed., Associde Professor of Healtb snd P e d Edwcotim, Basketball Coach A.B., A,ugsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnmta, 1947. Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. RAYMONDE. ANDERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Speecb B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: Mimenesota. Teaching: University 05 Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. FMNK h o , A.B., Assistant in Pbysical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: hfinnewta. U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1950. EVABAVOLAK,A.M., Instructor in Business Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Teachers College, Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-10; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. LUCY M m E. BERGMAN, M.S., Instnrctor in Speecb B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 5-39; University of Minnesota, 1939-47. At Augsburg since 1912. HEWRY J. BERTNESS, A.M., Assistmt Professor of Edwtion A.B.; Augsburg College, 1947; A.U, University of Minnesota, 1948. Mditional study: Minnesota, Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949. MARGARETBERVEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education B.Ed., Winona State Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnewta, ,1945. Teaching: High School, 1937-49; Minot State Teachers' GIlege, summers, 1948-50; Winona State Teachers' College, 1949-52. At Augburg since 1952. K m ~ BILZENS, s Th.D., Assistart Professor of Pbilosopby and Gemron Lic:Theol., University of Riga, 1935; Th.D., 1943. Additional study: University of Basel. Teaching: Teachers College, Riga, Latvia, 1934-40. At Augsburg since 19 5 2. CAIL CHRISLOCK,A.M., Assistart Professor of History and Political Science . h A&., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustma College, S i Falls, S. D., 1948-51. A t Augsburg since 1952. h COLACCI, ~ ~ Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Lagucrges Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th-D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mark Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49At Augsburg since 1952. LELANDK. DAHLE,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1952. K. BBRNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dear of Students and Associate Professor of Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 I -39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. A t Augsburg GEORGEN. ECKLUND,A. M., I m t w c t o ~is Business Administration A.B., Drake University, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota; 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Army Air Corps, 1943-46. Interviewer, V. A, 1946-47; Public Relations, Pillsbury Mills, Im., 1948-50. A t A u g s b q since 1951. BURTON P. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. &dustrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. A t Augsburg since 19 5 3. MnaLls GEISTAUTS, Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art . Cmd.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940; Academy of Art, Latvia, Riga. Teaching: Private Studii, 1938-49. At Augsburg since 1952. MELVINA. H~LLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek a d Rcligias .. . For statement of academic preparation and experience, see lkdogicd &minary Faculty listing. D. HELMBERGER, A.M., Instructor in Bdness Administration B.S., Duluth State Teachers College, 1941; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Centerville Scbool,Hugo, M i . , 1941-42; University of Minnesota, 1947-51. O.P.S., Minneapdis, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1952. JOHN R. J. HUDRETH, M. S., Instructor in E c o n d c r and Business A d m h k t r d h B.S., Iowa State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Mina&ta, Iowa State Ulege. U. S. Army, 1941-47. Teaching part-time: bwi State College, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 195 2-5 3. AUCA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. A d d i t h d study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: EaJtern State Teachers College, Madison, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson State Teachers Cdlege, 11~28d 36; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational r University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1957-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 194J. -RED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar md Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. .Ad&cional ~tudy: Saskatchewan, ,Minnesota Tezching: High School, 19a1-46. At Augsbnrg since 1947. EBBAI. JOHNSON, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of ~ e o s t a ,1950. Additianal study: M h e a ~At ~ Augsburg since I 9 5 2. MwI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spmisb A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexiw, 1944. Ad&t i o d study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Ststen kluld, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends Sahool, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At BEJU~H~D J. TKLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History mrd Politicd S c i e ~ ~ e A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930; PhD., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Ats&te Professor of Germanic L a g w g ~ ~ A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Sou* C a l i f o m i a , 1 9 2 8 ; A . M . , 1 ~ ~ o ; P h . D . , U n i v e r s i t y o f ~ t a , 1 9 ~ 2 . T e r c.h ing: High School, 1930-3 I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; F& University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. At AugsbWg 1947. CARLW. LAND-, M.Mus., lnstnrctor in Music . , A.B., University of Minnesota, 193 I ; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological: Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D, 1940-42; Northwestern Scbodr. Minneapolis, 1950-5). At Augsburg since 1952. AUDREY LANDQUIST, MMus., Lnstntctor in P h and Orgm B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacF'hail Schod of 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of M ' u k A t Au-g -ON He, 1937. since 1946. WILSONLINDEMANN, A.M., Associate Professor of Rommce I ; r r r ~ ~ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., 1926. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26. At Augsburg since 1926. 0.HERBERT ~ D Q U I SM.S., T , Assistant Professor of Pbysics and M a t h N c s B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Seeretarial Science A.B.. Augsburg College, 1936; AM., University of Mbmsota, 195 I. Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West C e n d School of Agricdtum, Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48 ; High School, I 94849. At Augsburg since 1950. JOHN MJLTON,A.M., Instructor in Englisb. A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additbud d y : Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GEBDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dem of W o m e n and Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. At Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Mimesotas 1938. Addttional s d y : Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg Cdege, 1946-50. At Avgsburg Jince 1922. b n C. NELSON,M.Ed., A s h t a t Professor of Pbysical Edwatkm d Carcb of Football and Baseball AB., Augsburg College, 1938; X E d , University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High !3chool, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsbarg since 1946. H~LENY. NELSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Home Economics :B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1952. Teaohing: High. School, 1938-42; Western Michigan College, Kalamazoo, 1942-44; University of California, 1944-46;Iowa State Teachers College, Su 1948, 1949. At Augsburg since 195I. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ANNE P~IDERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnescrta, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; Sm,Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44,and since 1946. LAVONNBPETERSON,A.B., Instrnctor m Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacP h d School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 1952-53- L b m ~ A. a QUANBECK,As., Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1947.Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy, 1944-46.Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-51.At Augsburg since 1951. QUANBECK, Ph.D., Dean of the College and Professor of Uucation A.B., Augsburg College, 1929;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantonille, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46;Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950.A t Augsburg since 1938. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of M u s k A.B., Augsburg College, 1935;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Tiaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, C i v h Public Service, 1944-46.A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946. A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces, 1942-45;Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52.At Augsburg since 1952. Rum SEGOLSON, MS., Associate Professor of Home Economics BS., University of Minnesota, 1921; MS., 1938.Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;Uni:vemity of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936, A t Augsburg since 1944. SKURDALSVOLD, B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago Cdlege of Music. Private study: M ~ MF. Stoddard, Hamlin Hum, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed, 0.C. Christianson, ,Martial Singher. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-5 r., A t Augsburg since 1922. JENNIE . GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of. Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. , , PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Christianity For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christianity For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MIXTON P. SIROMMEN,A.B., Th.B., College Pastor and Assistant Profenor of Cbristianity A.B., Augsburg College,' I 943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological &rninary. 1944; Th.B., 19 5 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, ' 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. On leave of absence, 1 9 $ i - ~ ~ ; A m s B. TANGJERD,A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Si-ience kB., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A M , 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel. 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library. 1936-38. A t Augsburg since 1940. ROY PHILIP THELANDER,MS., Instructor in Biology A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah, 1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950. GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. At Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923: B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additions1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 1-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instrt~torin Piatw KMm.,American Consemwry of Music, 1927. Addieiond s d y : American Gnservawry of Music and Minnesota; Master Clvs Work with Sihio Sciwti; Robyn N o r d Teachers Training Course; Studied d r Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: Ameriun Coaservtwry of Music, 1916-46; Gslorado State Gllege of Education, 1946-47.At Augsbwg siuce 1947. TORSTENSON, A.M., Astorbte Professor of Socidogr LB.,Augsburg College, 1938;AM., University of Minnesota, JOEL S. ' 1940.AddiDirector of Education and Public Relations, MidAt Augsburg 1938-42, and aiace land Cooperative Whvlesde, 194~-47. 4d y : Minuesota. 1947. WARET SATEFSNTRAUTVEM,A.B., lrutrvctor in Englisb A.B., Augsburg College, 1937.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47.At Augsburg since 1949. Mmvm E. T M U ~A.M , ., Ars3std Professor of Psychlogy Ad Ed*.tiorr ad Director of Placemmt A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional d y : H m d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-41; h, Norfolk Junior College, 194s.St&, Education and Training O&er, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48.Research Asdstmt md C o d , Univerdty of Minnesota, 1948-50.U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.At Augsbmg FALING J. URDAHL,A.M., Aa&e Professor of Biology and Psycbdogy A.B., Gncordia Callege, 1930;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Ad&dona1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-3 $. Principal, Cannon Falls, Mmnesota, 1935-41.Aat Augsburg since 1943. General Information LOCATION Augaburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the fiv&de Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from &e University of M i n n m t a and within walking diszance of the main business section of the city. Science H all,cond g the administration &ces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities, They have access to libraries, museums, and a n collections. They may hear rfie k t in mnsic and fecmres. Minneapolis is mmgnkd throughout tbe nation as a vital center of religi~ls life and acrivity, Outstanding leaders in many &Ids both from other prrts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in rhe Twin Ciries have abundant opportunity t o contact present day life at one of its focal points. HI!5TORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was (begunas a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This. arrangement failed t o work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was estabfished when it k a m e evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theologicar study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879; In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 193 3. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the- study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. A t the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing-revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of o0ice of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 191I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937 until I 9 3 8. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding and personut realization of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other ctvilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the studenfs interest in the attainmmt of tbe common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop m enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his o m urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To train the student in scientijic methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the iindings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster k the student an iatelligent a m e ciation and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fins arts. T o guide the studmt in the understamding of social relatianshps in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sinceriay. T o provide guidance for the studmt in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train studmts in v o c a t ~ Zand professjOno1 lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his ef6ciency in the various relationships of life. T o afford the student w h o l e s m recreational expenerrme which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instruct the student in principles, ~ t t h d e s ,and ideas pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all.things through the eyes of Christ." Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways prescribed for the attainment of these aims. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From I 870 to I 890, Augsbwg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in r 890, r d t e d in the f i a t i o n of Augsburg with the newly created United Nomegian Lutheran Church. Due to Merences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, hance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief iinancial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP I N EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the Cullege and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present officers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Clair Strommen, Vice-president; Esther Aune, Recording Secretary; Marian Lund Lowrie, Harvey Peterson, and Paul Roth, Advisers. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Aupbwg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsbwg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and hmcial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and offices, and a number of college classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. S~erdru~-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, hepioaf dormitory affording living quarters for about I go men. O n the ground floor of thk buiIding is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on 23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Dr. B. J. Kleven, Curator. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Miss Alma Jensen, Archivist. The collections in the Library aggregate about 25,300 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. Two hundred eighty of h e best periodicals, and dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access t o the Library daily from 7:45 A.M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4: 30 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: 16m.m. sound movie projector, 3 % / 4 ~ 4 inch slide projector (several), 2"x2" slide projector, Balopticon, sound amplification system, film strip pro- jector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be ofIered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the oflice of the Dean. DEACONESS HOSPITAZ. AFFILIATIONWITH THE LUTHERAN Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their &st semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. MEDICALTECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t the hospital. Financial l nformation STUDENT EXPENSES For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of Seminary expenses, see page 102. The tuition for the College students is $180.00 a semester. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $ I 5.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fee. GENERALEXPENSESFOR ONE SEMESTER Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 80.00 This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 5-00 to 40.00 Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.o~ 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . . Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 o Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 238.50 ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00 r 60.00 SPECIALFEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration after the .beginning of the second week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee. depending upon the method of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00 to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the Gl'lege and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7-50 2.00 2.00 . 5 oo MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER Piano for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$35.00 Voice for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00 Organ for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.00 Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-00 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 COURSE FEESPER SEMESTER 3 00 Home Economics 2. 36. 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .00 Home Economics 39 and 40 Biology 6o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00 Biology 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . ~ ~ . ~and55 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 5.00 Biology 13. 14. 25.26. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Chemistry jN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 ........... C h e m i s t r y ~ y 6 . ~ ~ . ~and55 ~ y ~ ~ ... ~. .4. y 5.00 Physics I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Secretarial Studies 2. 8. 5 I. and 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Secretarial Studies I. 5 3. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 5.00 . Resident students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22 3. J o to 2 38.5 o Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00 Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.00 to 35-00 Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $448.50 to 496.50 Off-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 2 38.5 o Special, music, or course fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.oo to 3J .OO Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ ~ L J . J O to 273.50 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may be made with the Treasurer for partial payment and payment of the remainder in monthly installments. If such installments are not made regularly, a charge of fifty cents per month is made on balances over $50.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month. All accounts must be paid /before a student is permitted to register for a new semester. Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $ I 1.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid a t the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. ' Subject to change. STUDENT AIDS Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both m and off the campus. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes. Tbe John and Anna Jorgim Gregory Theological Student L m F.acnd is available to students who are re paring for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hoar, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, N o d Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the mini s ~ ~ . Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on hancial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Prize Scholarships, amounting -to tuition for the second half of the Freshman year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and zhe highest ranking girl in each Minnesota high school graduating class. Outside of Minnesota a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947t o honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to ~ 9 3 7 . It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who to prepare further for the vocation of teaching, The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollan. The Kiitb E, H o f m m M m w i n E Schddrship was established in S, Hoffman of Minaeapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of O k i n a ~ ~ a . The schoIafs)lip consists of the income f tom a fund of $1~075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles The Lutherm Brotherhood Scholarship of $300 is provided by the Lutheran Brotherhmd Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to an ouwtanding Lutheran college senior. The student is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club SchoImship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memurial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5 , is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredr2ckson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Larnberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augshrg Alumni Association Schlarship of $ 2 5 0 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The W m n ' s Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other Augsburg Choral Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. Augsburg College Band. In addition to presenting its fall and spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental music and thus furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Mak C h m affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week. Miscellaneous Grmps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club, Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both ~ o c d and instrumental. For many years Augsburg bas sent out duos, trios, quartets, and s;milat. groups among the churches. These organizations are w d y formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. AWARDS Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholmsbip is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943,is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Student Personnel Services ADMINISTRATION Students entering college face many new situations and prablerns. Some problems disappear soon after enrollment but others grow during the four years. In order to give the greatest help to students in these circumstances, Augsburg College has developed a number of student aids combined under the general title of Student Personnel Services. Included are Freshman Days and orientation, testing, counseling, housing and food service, health and recreation, iinancial aid including student employment and loans, and student activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. Coordination of these services is centered in the oflice of the Dean of Students. The planning and policy are formulated by the Personnel Committee. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with the faculty- counselors are scheduled for the students, during which they plan their program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances and vocational aims are discussed. TESTING A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are adrninistered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained for later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs. Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the students select occupational goals and future careers. COUNSELING The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and techniques of adjustment will also serve him later in life. Each freshman and new student is assigned a faculty member who may serve as his counselor for m o years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major advisers. The Deans and other administrative o0icers are general counselors to all students. The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational program and choose appropriate subjects. The student learns to understand his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor. Through a system of referral, students 'may obtain counsel from any member of the faculty, or from quaEed persons within the college community. VOCATIONAL COUNSELING Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides study materials for vocational planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling on job opportunities. PERSONAL COUNSELING Students who have personal problems may find help through discussing the problem with their counselor. Personal iinances, housing, and similar problems are common topics of discussions. Students who have spiritual problems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, such as members of the Department of Christianity and the College Pastor. HOUSING Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about 150 men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen Hall, with Morton Hall housing twenty, Miriam House and Edda House each housing eighteen, and Morton Annex, twelve. The college maintains several small apartments for married students. Applications may be made in the o&ce of the Dean of Students. Students not living at home must live in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students may under certain conditions be permitted to make other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular schedules begin and are closed within twenty-four hours after the term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans. Room' rent and board must :be paid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women may also provide their own bedspreads and drapes. Laundry facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible for any breakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment, beyond ordinary wear and tear. ROOM APPLICATION Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application. Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted in finding rooms in private homes. The o6ce of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing at all times. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining room available to students and other groups upon request. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food ac cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The program of student health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the College Physician and the College Nurse. It includes regular phy- sical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a schoolwide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The College Physician and the College Nurse have regularly scheduled 06hours on campus daily. Students, faculty, and staff hive chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free. PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR GRADUATES The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMl'NISTRATION Admission Procedure Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Ofice of Public Relations of from the Oflice of the Registrar. These forms are generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph, should be sent to the Of6ce of Public Relations. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September I 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I. Requirements for Admission Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of suf6cient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad- vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right t o reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have di&culty with college work. Deficiencies Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deiiciency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of &e Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of d e h i t e standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language. Transfer and Advanced Standing Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted at Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain (cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations. This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General Educational Development Tests warrants the granting of some Junior College credit. Admission of Veterans Veterans may study at Augsburg under Public Law 16, 346, and 550. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration and present it .at the time of registration. In order to receive college credit for experience in rhe military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation will ;bemade according to the recommendations of the American Coun- cil on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit training will be granted a total of 4 semeaer credits, 2 in hygiene and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools, for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute, and to junior college students for satisfactory performance on the college General Educational Development Tests. Registration Students who have 'been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register Eater &an three days after classes begin are charged a late reginration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classesIn registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not suflicient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions ro this rule may be made ander certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship bmittee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. In case a student desires to make m y changes in his registration, hc rnnse obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, mating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. ApprovaI of the teachers concerned and the student" adviser and t h e Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through she Registrar's Office d l result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses .cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot ,be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes. A student who 6nds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's oflice in order .to remain in good standing. UNIVERSI'IY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be dowed unless t h e student has a grading of C average, or r honor point per credit, in his courses a t Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed r7. T h e credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CZassification In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Cladcation is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor poina: Scpbomare, 24; Juaior, 58; Senior, 92. ClassScation for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. Probation and Elimination There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls t h students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of . j or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed t o remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passirig grade in at least 1 2 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C or better. Class Attendance Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with heir teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semester, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by rhe Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. Examinations GENERALRULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very begiinning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained ~ are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, h a 1 reports are made at the close of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sdicient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a h a 1 a t another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's o6ce and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O&ce in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is d c i e n t l y high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to. take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the o6ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oace. Grade Values A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D-Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E-Condition I -Incomplete GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, md grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is wged to study the requirements as outlined in Ehis section of the mtatog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he incIudes the * w i d subjects at the right time in his program of studies. f i e faculty advisers, t h e Dean, and the Registrar d gladly assist him in planning his program. Junior College For a proper distribution of subjeers among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following c r e d i ~are required of all students in the Junior College, Iaying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education. Group A Christianity r credits each semester 6 credits Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature. 3 credits Speech: Course I I Group C Foreign Language (Norwegian, French, Spanish, German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) I credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are exempted from this requirement. Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I and 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6 (Humanities) 6 d t s Group E Natural Sciences 8 credits Group F Health and Physical Education: Course 3% 3by4% and 4b Psychology required in certain fields 0rien.tation required of all Freshmen Senior 2, 4 credits 4 credits I credit College b tJOR ~ AND M~NORS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the Junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Christianity, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Senior College students should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Senior College Courses. At least thirty credits in Senior College Courses must #be completed for graduation. Courses numbered a,bove 50 are designated as Senior College Courses. TOTALCREDITS AND HONOR POINTS The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. An average of 128 honor points must be attained for the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE WITHDISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor points per credit 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79-k 2.1-2.49+ Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent a t least two years in residence are eligible for honors. In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per cmdit. CURRICULUMS .. The following m s e s of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. T h Christian Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the ~reshmanyear. Seminary adviser, Mr. Hdland. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . - 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . I Freshman English . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 European Civilization . . . . . . . . - . . 6 or Natural Science, 8 Cr. Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Sophomore Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nanual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 8 4 6 r - 34 33 New Testament Greek. . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . 6 Hatory or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hymns of the Church. . . . . . . . . . . 2 Senior Youth Work in the Church. . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . ' z History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Philosophy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ewnomiu or Education.. . . . . . . . 6 English (for major or minor). ... 6 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior The foreign language requirement includes I 6 semester credits in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Christianity and makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Christianity with a minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's C e d c a t e are italicized in the outline below. Sophomore Freshman Basic Bibk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Typewriting . . . . Principles of Sociology . . . . . . Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . 3 Types of Public Speech.. . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - Senior Junior Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education. . . z The Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 32 Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . , 2 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Chwcb. . 2 Fundamentals of Journulism . . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Survey of Sock! Work Field. . . . . . 3 Firsf Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 2 Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. F , A Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Langwge or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Junior Christkmity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology ......... 3 Teaching in High School. ........ 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Group Labontory Experience. . . . . . 2 Electives in Major or -or. .... -14 - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natunl Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principle of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Observation and Practice Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 or 5 Special Teaching Methods. . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 - The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree. Fresh Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. European Civilization or Sociology. . Principles of Accounting.. . . . . . .. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 6 6 I r I I Junior Christianity . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 4 United Stater History... . . . . . . . . 6 Bwiness Law . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3 Advanced Accounting . .. . . . . ... 5 Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . . j Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective crediu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . Natural Science . . . . . . . .. . ... . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economiu.. . . . . . . .. I n d u c t i o n to Statistia.. . . . , . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective credim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 8 4 6 3 I 3 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations.. 3 Public Finance and Taxation.. . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Work Preparation for teaching business subjects in high school requires work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies. The following one year program is outlined as a preparation for certain o6ce positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of a proficiency test. First Year Chrirtianky . . . . . . . . . . . .. . , . , - . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . . Consumer Education . . . . . . . . , . . . P.rinciplw of h & g . . .. . . .. . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Eduxtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year 4 6 6 I 2 2 6 I I 2 - s t y .. . . . . .... Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand . . . Psydlology . . . . . . . . . .. Secretarial Practice . . . . . Office Machines . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vocations in Home EEonomics From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. The teaching major is described in the catalog on page 90. Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often h d it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 0 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Christimity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 German ...................... 8 Zoo~ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology .................... 4 Qualitative Analysis ............ 4 Quantitative Andysia ........... 5 Physical Education ............. I Senior Junior Christianity ...................4 Social Science .................. 6 Medical German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Organic Chemistry ............. 8 Physics ....................... 8 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Christianity ................... 4 speech ......... , .............3 German ...................... 8 Physical Chemistry ............. 5 Electives .................... .12 34 32 - - Dentistry Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally b e wmplaed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission. FreshChristianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis ...................... .ro Orientdon ................... I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore ChrisGan;~ . . . . . . . . . Ewo~ean tion on . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . General Physics . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Nursing Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schools have a t least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshmvt ... Sophomore ................... Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . csrmamg 4 6 Natural Science ............... 8 Psychology .................... 4 Sociology ..................... 6 Elements of Nutrition.. ......... 3 O k a t i o a ................... I Physical Education .............I 33 Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Political Science Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year c3kriatianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Annomy and Phpblogy.. ...... 4 k ~ l o g y................... 3 ch&stry .................... Psybology .................... Second Year 3 2 - Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4 Medical Tecbndogy Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. F&ul Chrittianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English ............. .. 6 General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sodal Science ..................6 Orientathn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Mucation ............. I Electives ......................4 Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 J.aior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Analytical Chemistry ........... 4 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 0 - 4 8 4 3 I 8 4 32 Senior Lectures, laboratory and pnctical work at General Hospital for twelve months. d Engineering A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies to the fields of aeronautical electrical engineering, agricultural, civil, industrial, mechanical and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly diflerent. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . . Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey 06 European Civilization or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z 4 4 4 4 4 8 6 Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must be taken in summer session. Lau, The following two-year program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose t o transfer to the Law School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible t o modify the program for admission to other law schools. Sophomore Christianity ti^ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Pchciplea of Accounting. ......... 6 Humanities .................... 6 ~uropern&diza6on ........... 6 Orientation .................... I Hedth ........................ z Phpid AcrirEties .............. I 32 ................... 2 Christian Ethia ................ z Principles of Fmnomiw.. ........ 6 American Government ........... 6 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philosophy. ........... 3 General Psychology ............. 4 History of England. ............. 3 Speech or Sociology. ............. 3 Physical Activities .............. I Social Work For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. F~~ ,Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization ........... 6 Principlcr of Sociology. , . . . . . . . . . 3 Noma1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Phyacd Education ......, ..... , I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 American Government . . . . . . . . . .6 Foreign Language .............. 8 Psychology ...................4 Sociology ..................... 6 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 35 33 J e â¬ Y l r h b i q ................... Principles of Economia . . . . . . . . . Sodology ..................... PIttory of Philosophy.. ......... Eleotives ..................... Senior 4 7 Chrirti?nity ...................4 Sociology ..................... 9 Statkics ...................... 3 Electives ...................... I 6 32 32 6 9 6 - - Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should conthe major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. sult A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutherdn Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY W .Stensvaag, Chuimra# Christianity Philosophy Mr. Olson, Cbrr)rmcwt DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman SOCIAL SCIENCES History, Political Science, Sociology Education, Psychology Library Science Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies H o m e Economics DIVISION OF THE DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Mr. Nash, Cbairma PAWH Worn I. 2 Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organizrtion and visitation. It ranges in scope from roul-care to surveys. Clau lectures w i l l be supplemented by actual field work. 57. YOUTHWORI m =E CHURCH. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materinlr in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 58. GOD~m%N m THE ( h TESTAMENT. ~ I. r Cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study orf a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 59. II. 2 Cr. 60. THEMESSAGEOF THE NEW TESTAMENT. A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the syatems of thought developed by the great thinkers, to create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Gurses 21, 41, 42, for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. 4. THECHRISTIANFAITH w THE MODERNWORLD. 11. See Course 4 under Department of Christianity. a. CHRISTIAN ETHICS. n. $8 are required 2 Cr. 2 Cr. See Course 8 under Department of Christianity. THE HUMANITIESIN WESTERNCIVILIZATION.I, 11. 6 Cr. A survey wurse dealing with the development of Western thought u reflected in outstandiig works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course ir accepted in fulfillment of the Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences. I j, I 6 . 3 Cr. 25. LOGIC. I. A study of the conditions, forms, a d principles of logical thought. Problem of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to hnman experience and conduct. OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 6 Cr. 41, 42. HISTORY An historical s w e y of the outstanding men and movements in the development of phiiomphical thought from the Greeks to the modem period. 5 I. Senior Cdkgr Collrses 12. COMPARATIVERELIGION. I, IL See coutse 11, 5s under Department of Christianity. 54. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT.Jr., Sr. II. 4 Cr. 3 Cr. See course 54 under Political Science. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 41 or 42. 11. 3 crA survey of recent philosophical emphaser and their exprcasions in the r& ?repr of life in inodern culture. 56. KIERKEGAARD.* I. 3 A study of the father of existential philosophy in the setting of Scandiiviaa Lutheranism. Special attention is given to the philosophical implicatioas of his doctrine of the God-man. 57. TO. Prereq. 41. IL 3 Cr. A careful ~ t u d yand analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including selected portions of the Republic. 5 8. 60. FORMSAND ~ P H OF P ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. IL 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various fomu through demonstrations, lechuer, and readings in the philosophy of art. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. 11. 3 G. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religiorrs experience from the viewpoint of philosophy md psychology. 61. *Not offered in 1953-1914. Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature. A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high schools. Students who plan to d o graduate work in English should include courses 75 and 76. A minor in French, German, or Latin is strongly recommended. , ~ M E D L U ENGLISH.I. o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum reauirements in the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct English usage. One double period per week. Offered in connection with English I. A. I - 2 . t FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers. 3-4.f FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I, II. 6 Cr. For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions. 21, 22. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T E R P I EOFC EWORLD S LITERATURE. I, U. 6 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics, selected on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama. 25. E ~ P O S ~ ~ O WR Y~ GI. Prereq. . 1-2 or 3-4. t Cr. The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research papers. Reading and analysis of models: 26. C R E A WRITMG. ~ 11. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. 2 Cr. Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice of the short story. Individual and group projects. Senior Cdlege C w s e s C O R R E C ~WRITING. n. I Cr. Required of all students who show insu9icient ability in the sophomore English examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing. AMERICAN LITERATURE.I, II. 6 Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I , 5 2. 3 Cr. 53. AMERICAN FICTION.* I. A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, encentrating upon the major writers. *Not offered in 1953-1954. V n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for both semesters. this course, a student must complete AMERICAN POETRY.* II. 3 Cr. Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern period, with stress placed on the Romantic period. Attention to the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. 5 5 . THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. 2 O. See course g g under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 54. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA.* II. 2 Cr. See course 56 under the Department af Scandimavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEBRITISH NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. 57. 61. ENGLISHLITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT.* I. 3 Cr. The development of Romanticism in England between 1798 and 1832. Stress on the five major pets. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor poets. 62. VICTOIUANLITERATURE.IL 3 CrWriters of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the morernents in thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Temyson and Browning. EIGHTEENTH CENTURYENGLISHLITERATURE.I. z Cr. The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary movements and historical back grounds. 67. L ~ ~ E R ACRITICISM. RY 11. z Cr. A study of some basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and hues which have special relevance for modem thought. 68. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH.I. 3 Cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the d y of language. 71. 74. S ~ S P E A R E TI.. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the .principles of drama and the historical background. 75. MILTON. I. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. CHAVCER.,II. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture af the Middle Agu. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. 76. MODERNDRAMA.'I. z Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Repraentative plays studied as literature and as theater. 8 I. *Not offered in 1953-1954. MODERNBNIISH ~ M T U R E n.. z Cr. The more important literary movements of the present century in England. concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. 82. ENRL~H SEMINAR.I, IT. t Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors. 91-9z.t FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. z Cr. An introduction to ,the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See courses 4 to 7. I. E D ~ THE G SMALLPAPER. II. 2 Cr. A continuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and church publicatioas are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Echo ic required. 1. n. FEATURE WRITING FOR PUBLICATION.* 2 O. The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in variour publications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. 3. Ecbo STAFF MEETINGS.I, IL z Cr. Studena who are regular members of The Augsbnrg Ecbo St& and who may receive credit for .their work must register for the weekly ataff meetings. These meetings are &o open to members of course I . Hour arranged. 4, 5. 6, 7 . Angsbnrgiar STAPF M e E m ~ s I,. IT. z 0. Students who are regular members of the Augsbwgiun st& and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meeting. Department of Speech Tbe rpeech department aims to relate the development of speech to personwith the purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to hia environment. It reeh to develop skill in platform deportment and speech cornpoaition, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Through iw courses in interpretative reading and drvnatiu an appreciation of poetry and drama is sought. The department offen a major in general speech which prepares the student for the teaching of speech in the secondary schools a d for graduate work in general speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. ality *Not o f f a d in 1953-1954. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student m u t complete both semesten. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation Speech II is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 2 1 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 76. A h required is Phil. 25. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: I 5 credits above Speech 11. For Education students, courses 12, 3 I, 5 x, 64, and 9s should be included. 4. REMEDIAL SPEECH.Open to all students. o Cr. For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright. 3 Cr. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., SO. Offered !both semesters. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. 3 0An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, inter- I 2. pretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Pamicipation in &v activities. apdhg STORYTELLING.' I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. I 5. z Cc. INTERCOLLEGIATE D E B AI,~ II. Open to dl students. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate quutian for 21, 22. the year. 24. ORATORY. I. Open to all students. I Cr. Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contests. Arrangements to be made with the instructor. 3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING. So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various k i d of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. A c ~ G So. . 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and skits; participation in dramatic productions. Senior College Collrses GROUPDISCUSSION.* Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. 5 I. 54. RADIO SPEECH.+Jr., sr. 11. 2 Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. 11, Philosophy 25. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, ,preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Prereq. *Not offered in 1953-1954. 11, Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. n. 2 Cr. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery od various kinds of persuasive speeches. 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. STAGECUFT. Jr., Sr. ,XI. 2 Cr. A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high school theatrical productions. Lrboratory experience in dramatic productions. 64- STAGEDIRECTION.* Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 2 Cr. Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking a d directing play reheamls. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. 66. SPEECHHYGIENE.+ Prereq. Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. II. z Cr. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. 74. 76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trip to speech clinics; labontory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and social workers. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. See Course 9 5 under Education. 91. 1% Cr. Department of German Ma. LANDA,MR. BIUENS The general aim of rhc c o m a in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical d earhetic values contained in German literature. In pamcular, the aim b to prod e technical a&g for the student who plans to study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. &r, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor. BEGINNING GERMAN.I, 'n. A rtndy of the grammar and vocabulary of rhe German language ao & attains a reading howledge. I-2.t 8 Cr. &t the M O ~ GN ~ O S AND E POETRY.I, 11. 8 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student ,through cbe 3-4.t study of easy prase and poetry. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11. Training in the reading of professional articles written in G e m . j-6.t 4 Cr. *Not offered in 1953-1954. IC~ntinuationcourse. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both Sam-. Senior Colkge Courses GE~WW ~ N R KI, n. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 74. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LNGUAGP). Sr. I. a ~ a . fI,52. I % Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature MR. OLSON,MR. LANDA Thir Department aima ,to impart to the rtudent the knowledge of a foreign language as s factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the mmdent r working knowledge of rhe Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. Minor, 24 creditr. 14.t BEGINNING NORWEGIAN. Fr. I, If. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercise^ in writins and in pron-ciation. 3-4.f INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, n. 6 Cr. Further etudy of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. 16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT OF MODERN SCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of wcial .thought and life in Scandinavia from 1815 to d o prerent day, studied a g k t , h e background of , h e general conditionr in Europe. Senior Colkge Courses 3 Cr. N LITERATURE:EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr.. Sr. I. 3 I. M O D ~ NORWEGIAN A d y of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonv Lie, ind othen. 3 Cr. Bj#mron and Ibaen are studied erpeciall~,through selected wurb. NOVE *L. Prereq. 3-4, or rix credits in litera$1. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN 2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. I. The course includer selected norela by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, S e h Lagerlgf, and otherr. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. SCAND~AWAN DRAMA.*Prereq. 3 -4, or six credio in litera$ 6 . THEMODERN 2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. II. The course includer dramas by Bj#nwn, Ibren, and Strindberg. Knowledge of r Scandinavian language not required. 14. MODERNNORWEGIAN L~ZMTIJRE: h m a PERIOD.* Jr., Sr. 11. 74. TEACHING OF G~urrwrcLANGUAGES. Sr. I. K H G. *Mot offered in 1913-1914. fContinuation c o w . To receive credit for thb course, a student mwt camplete bah -ten. Ektivea, 4 credits fnrm 10. Hymm and Music of ch following: . . . . . . . . . . z G. 78. Co~~llteqoht the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. o r c h d . . . . . . . . . . .s ~ r . 77. Muskd Analysir . . . . . . . . z 0. 80. Chnpo8itkm . . . . . . . . . . . . i cr. 2 credits in p b o or organ) . . . . . 6 Cr. Applied Music (includingat A Teaahkg Major (36 oredim) requirw ampletion of ohe following: EarTmhha . . . . . . . . . .4 C r . 55-56. MvancedHarmony . . . 4 C h . 61-62. Instrumental T-uc 1. History a d Literature of Musit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. or* I, 2. Appreciation of Mu&. . . . .z Cr. 63-64. Choral Technique . . . 4 Cr. y . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 65, 66. Conducting. Jr. . . 4 Cr. Ed. 87, 88. Teachiug of Grade and High School Music. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 8. 15-16. b Electives, z d t s froan the $allowing: M u i d Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. Orchcdtration . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. Counmpomt . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. Applied Music (inc1diug st k t 2 credits in ,piano or organ) . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr. of dl C h public recital in each of the jfunior and senior yeam ia 77. 78. mvsic ~ . o r s . Minot (26 credim) nquirea campledon of h e &&owing: EPI Trrining . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 7, 8. Appreciation of ~ u s i c... 4 Cr. History and Literature 15-16. Hmmny . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. A Grad& I. 5. 2. of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. Electives, 4 credits from 10. Hymm and M& of 77. M M d M y s i r . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. the following: 65, 66. Condacthg . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. ah . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 cr. 78. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 55-56. A d d Harmony . . . 4 &. Applied Music (in w h i d at least z credits must k earnd in privaa lesaras in the either v d or iastnunental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0. A Teaching Minor (26 oredits) requires completion of the following: 2. EarTdnhg . . . . . . . . . . 4 C r . 65, 66. Conducting. Jr. . . . . . .4 Cr. I 5-16. Jhrmony . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0. 77. Musical Andpis . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 61-62. Instrumend Technique Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Gnde d ar High School Music . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 63 -64. Choral Technique . . . . . 4 Cr. Appkd Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr. I, A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both Mcch and inairumental work. Unless he takes both techniques coums, his work in applied Murk. except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he rqidun far Choral Technique, and In vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technlqua. Two sanatsr crsditr are given for m c m k h i p fw OM ym in the Cbir, the Chord Club, or the Band. One credit igivm for mcmbmhip for OTW ye* L &e Male Chorus. Gedits are a t gmnttd for lem .&an two d e . complete -ten. One credit pcr -ester i grand to d m * taking s minimum of rirvm rhhy-aniuute lttsons per smrcntr in either voice, piano, or o r p . Fees per senaester: Choir $5.00, Choral Club $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piam $35.00, Organ $35.00. Pizno rend $8.00, Organ $so.oo. ( R e n d entitla the student to use the instmument for I b u r per day.) I, 2. EARTR~TNWG. I, II. 4 A course including the basic fandamen& of mruic: mution, tctmiwlna, rcdes, intervals, triads, rhythm, and mebdy. Special attention b given to sight singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony m d harmonic dictation. HISTORY AND L ~ R A T U ROF E MUSIC. I. 2 Cr. The evolution of music from its earliest forms up to the prem~ttime. The lira of the composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature of music, both instrumental and choral, is strwed. 5. APPRECIATION OF MUSIC. I, 11. 4 fiA course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's greattest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For studenta with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering for 8, or have consent of insuucmr. 7, 8. 10. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. a Cr. A rurve7 wurse dealing with the development of the music of the Christ& a m h , wirb npacid nttmtian to Protmnne Hp*mnody. Designed for the gened .cadeat, the a t u s e dso will pmvc helpful to organka, choir directors, and pre&&am. 3;hc eoaree i~ accepted as f a g t h e requirement of a course in aubrioniw. IJ-x6.t HARMONY. I, 11. 4 GrApplication of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $omation in writk e r . Written work includes harmonization of figured bus md given melodisr u well nr opportunity for simple cmtive writing. 5 5-56.? Senior College Cmrses ADVANCED HARMONY. Prereq. I 5-16. I, 11. 4 (2- Conthation of ,the work begun in Course I 5-16, with zdvmced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, r e t a r d a b , and ornamenb of music. Students should have mme knowledge of piano. fOmtinuatioa coatme. To receive c d t tor this course, a bod3 semesters. student must complete 61-62.? INS~UMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I, z. I, 11. 4 0. C l w intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63-64.t CHORALTECHNIQUEPrereq. I, 2. I, 11. 4 0. C l w instruction in .the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 65, 66. CONDUCT~G. Prereq. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 4 Cr. Jr. I, 11. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, u directors of vocal or inscnunental music or both, a d for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. 2 . Cr. Musrclu. ANALYSIS. Prereq. I, z, I 5-1 6. I. A detailed study of the structute and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 77. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 1s-16, 55. n. 2 Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in dl the .peck. 78. TION ON. Prereq. 15-16, 55, 77. I. A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber group. 79. 2 Cr. 80. COMPOSITION. Prenq. 15-16, 55, 77, 78. II. t Ca. Composing choral and instrumental music in the variolu musical fonnt. Ssadenu admitted only upon recommendation of the department. 87. T a n c m ~OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. Ofiered u Education 87, 88. 88. r Cr. 2 Cr. CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, n. 2 0. I, n. I cr. These organizations exiat not only for the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to participate in group affording the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for less than two huecesrive, complete semesters. m CHORUS. I, n. z Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to rhe most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. PIANO. ?Continuation course. To receive credit Lor this course, a student must compke both aemerters; ORGAN. I, II. 2 Cr. htmctiiin in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recammended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. I, a r or 2 Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of aong classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE. MODELINGAND SCULPTURE I, 11. 4 0. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal 'forms. Plaster casting. I , 2. Division of the Social Sciences It is the general purpose of the work in & division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially i n their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade od citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to his vocation. D e p a r t m e n t af H i s t o r y and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparathe tion for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, go credits; minor, 21 credits. Students who have a major or minor i n History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I-2.t SURVEYOF EUROPEANCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, U. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation f o r future work in History. I I. HISTORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES.I. 3 Cr. See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 21, 22. HISTORY OF THE U N ~ STATES. D (F:mt semester to 1865, second semes6 Cr. ter to present.) Prereq. 6 credits in Social Science. So. I, 11. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. THE ~ Senior Colkge Courses REFORMATION. Prereq. 3 Cr. 1-2. Jr. I. A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. OF ENGLAND TO 18oo.* Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 52. HISTORY 5 I. ~ A N AND C KTHE Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. 53. HISPANIC--CAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of Latin America and its development. "Not offered in 1953-1954. jContinuation course. To receive credit Ifor this course, a student mw-t complete both semesters. 5 4 EMTERNEUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. IL 3 fi. The history of eastern Europe with emphrsis on the development of Rurri.. CONTEA~OPARY HISTORY OF THE UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 0A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, induding consideration of international policies. 55. Am. Gor. Jr.. 3 GSr. II. A consideration of goreign relations of the United States fnnn the Revolutionary War to the present. 56. AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC I-~TORY. Prenq. U. S. Hire. or 6r. ANCIENT%TORY.* Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contrib* m modem cultures. 62. CANADIAN HISTORY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with special emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. 6 Cr. EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. 71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY A rtudy of international relation8 ?r affected by nationalism, mcialism. indwuialirm, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totali&an stater and World War II. 6 Cr. Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 81, 82. THE TWENTIETHCENTURY.* A rurvey of recent developmenu in the world, stemming from the first World War. Some study of current &aim in the light of historical investigation. 2 Cr. SEMINARSr. I. Prereq. approval of hitory faculty. 101. HISTORY A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing the study of history in a graduate school. Minor, 15 credits. 41-42.t PRINCIPLESOF AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, II. 6 Cr. Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federJ state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular control of government, political parties, governmend f u n ~ t h u .Students m y enter either semester. Senior College Courses PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES. Jr., Sr. I. 3 053. POLITICAL A review of American partier, their organization, methods, functions, prusure group. *Not offered in 1913-1954. tcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. ~ ~ S P O ROF Y POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. IL 3 0A study of the students of ,political science, .&k philofophies, and present id- of ,political systems. 54. 56. AMERICAN DIPLOMATICHISTORY. IL See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 60. .PUBLIC FINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 1 5 or American Government. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics. 86. TEICHTNG OF THE SOCUL STUDIES.Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Major in Sociol Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 2 1 credits in History (including History 21 and st) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-41. Minor in Social Scimcc Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. Department of Sociology MR. TORSTENSON, MISS JENSEN The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating forces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have the further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2,or 2 1 and st, required for a sociology major or minor. Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department of History and Political Science. Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or tr and r t a h required. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each af sociology, economics, and political science. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. IN. SOCIOLOGY. I. A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change. 2. S o c m PROBLEMS. Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary probluns togetha with an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of these processes and adjustment problems. 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. II. 3 0A study of geographical factors iduencing social institutions. 16. Socur. DEVELOPMENT OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA. II. 3 Cr. See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 I. SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I . So. I. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causw of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. SOCIOLOGY OF RURALLIFE Prereq. Soc. I. So. II. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis is placed on the dynamics of change. 23. LABOUTORY EXPERIENCEINGROUPACTIVITI. I Cr. See course 23 under Education. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS j Cr. See course 42 under Home Economics. Senior College C w r s e s OF THE SOCIALWORKFIELD. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 I. SURVEY An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and functiok of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. CRJMEAND SOCIETY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. THEFAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. j Cr. A study of the &tory and function of the family as a basic institution, the influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization, m d disorganization. 53. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. j Cr. A study of the basic concepts and practices of public welfare, public welfare legislation, and public welfare agencies, and an examination of processes of public welfare work. The course will include field trips to public elfa are agencies. 54. I N T ~ C U L T U R URELATIONSAND MINORITYP R O B ~ S . Prereq. ' Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes and consequences of race and group prejudice, mechanism and problems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural codicts. 55. 56. L m o n AND ~ N A G E M E N T RELATIONS. n. Course 5 6 in Department of Business Administration. 3 Cr. See I. 3 Cr. A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development of personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, soda1 conflicts, and social control. 61. SQCXAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 5, 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 86. TEACHING OF ~ I A STUDIES. L sr. I. I % Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program designed to assist in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that uf his fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing t o do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are alsu taught on ,the high school level. All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two credits of Laboratory Experience in Group Activity usually .to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1 and 53. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours i n general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology. No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. PSYCHOLOGY I. ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. OfIered both semesters. I G. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and p r e p aration, and development of personality. ORIENTATIONAND PSYCHOLOGY. Fr. I, U. 6 Cr. aims and course content of Psychology I and Psycho1og.1 5, 6. Emphasis throughout both semesters is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted. 3, 4. This course combines the 5N. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. I. r Cr. An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures per week. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin- 5 , 6. ciples, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following topics are stressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory processes and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memory, heredity and growth. The second semester emphasizes the application of the principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life. Senior College Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. See Course 61 under Sociology. 3 Cr. ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 3, 4, or 5, 6. Jr., Sr. IL 3 (2A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorden and a study of their nanue, c a w , prevention, and present treatment. 62. LABORATORY EXPERIENCEM GROUPACTIVITY.Offered both semesters. . I Cr. This is not given u s separate course, but offered in connection with Christianity 6, 57, and 58; Physical Education 6, 11, 13, 14,and 5 5 , 56; Sociology 2 , 51, $ 2 , 54, and 61; Education 51 and 5 3 ; and Home Economics 36. The 23. nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising club. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work k connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Laboratory Experience. EDUCATIONALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 1, 6. Jr. I. 3 A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in r school context. 1I . T m m e IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I. Jr. II. 3 Cr. Teaching procedures and class management. Includes a study of the secondary school in relation to the needs of youth. 5 3. $5. PR~NCIPLES OP GUIDANCE. Prereq. 51. Sr. 11. 3 GA study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 58. HISTORYAND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The course traces the development of modem education a d seeks to assist the student in developing an understanding of the present educational program and the various modem philosophies of education. The aspeca of the state educational program important for the orientation of the new teacher are strersed. Special Teacbing Metbods The special methods courses include the study of the rnaterirls, organization, and teaching procedurw of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the speciiic field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for etudent teaching. Thii means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are . special situations, a student a major or a minor in the field and Education ~ 3 In may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit liitcd. % Cr. % Cr. TJUCHING OP LATTN. Sr. I. I TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. L I TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. Cr. Cr. 1 % Cr. 1 % Cr. 1 % Cr. r % Cr. z Cr. 2 Cr. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. TEACHING OF NATURU SCIENCES.Sr. I. TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. TEACHING OF S o a m STUDIES.Sr. I. TEACHING m GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 1% I 91. TEACHING OF HOMB ECONOMICS. Sr. I. OF HEALTH m~ PHYSICAI;EDUC~TION. Sr. I. 94. TEACHING 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. s 0. s Cr. I 5 Cr. 4 to 5 Cr. STUDENTTEACHING.Prereq. Educ. 5 I, 53. Sr. I. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is s h d by the college supervisor and selected critic teachen. 96. The following caurses prepare the student to meet the state requiremen- for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of ,books for Ehe school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective we of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, 16 credits. BASICFUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL b u y . Jc. I. 3 Designed to acquaint the smdent with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state and national library services; library standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students and community; school library services to grades and high school, teachers and public; student help, practical and pre-vocational aspects; budget, spl&g, housing, and eqdpm a t ; library records. 55- 56. MATERIALS AND MP.THODS FOR Jr. II. THE SECONDARY SCHOOLL I B ~ Y* . 3 Cr. htroduction to 'book selection; reference boob; staadard book selection h; preparation of materials for circulation, class&ca&n and cataloging; subject headings; f i g ; records. Book selection in subject fields of the social studies, geography, travel and related fiction; non-book materiala in subjeot covered; w& &g. Scnuces. FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOLLm-Y. * 57. SELECTIONOF MATERIALS Jr., Sr. I. 3 GBook selection in ,&e language am, natural and applied sciemce, ,philosophy and religion, die h e arts and literature, periodicals for secondary schools; nonbook materials in subjects covered; wide reading. Sources. 61. INTRODUCTIONTO ELEMENTARY SCHOOLLIBRARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. L 2 Cr. experiences; reference b k s for Literature for children; pre-school liv elementary grades; subject matter titles which correlate with the curriculum; non-book materials for elementary grades in these fields; standard lists for book selection. sources. SELECTION OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOLLIBRARYMATERIALS. Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. A continuation of 61. Book selection in fiction, poetry, drama, music, and art for children; the lpicture collection; care and use of mn-book miatexiah; periodicals for children. Wide reading; reading lists. 62. THE ~ 68. O O LIBRARY L IN m E READINGGUIDANCEPROGRAM OF z Cr. The d e n t will become acquainted with remedii reading and testing procedurea, reading ladders; student interests and abilities as they relate to reading; coopention with teachers in formulation of an integrated reading program; madvation and publicity; ,books suitable for this program; professional literature on the subject; the use of lists and reading records. rn SCHOOL. Jr., Sr. II. PramMETHODSIN L m m . Sr. I. I G. Teaching the use of the litarary; practical work at library circulation desk and in the library workroom; records, weeding and withdrawal procedures; 71. practice work in connection with practice teaching. Department of Business Administration and Economics and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge and perspective is necessary for success in specific positions in our complex business world and should provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of responsibility. A degree with a business major is a common requirement of business f k m and government agencies. The department gives a general 'background in economics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate work in business and economics. Major, 36 credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, 15, 16, 51, 53. Also required are Speech 1 1 and History 21 and 22. Minor, s I credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, I 5, I 6 and six credits ia Senior College courses. ~ C I P L E S OF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II. 6 Cr. An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and id introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. I , 2. 4. INTRODUCTION TO S T A ~ T I C SFr., . SO. II. 3 Cr. A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, and interpretation of statiatical data. It includes a study of the measures of central tendency, time, series, tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of these statistical techniques to various types of data. 16. P ~ C I P L E OF S ECONOMICS.SO. I, IL 6 G. A study of the social organization of our economy, h c a l and monetary policies, value, prices, the distribution of wealth, and alternative economic syaI 5, terns. The objective is to help the student to develop the ability to analyze economic issues as they arise in his personal and vocational activities and im public life. Senior College Courses MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. I,2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, the price level, and monetary and fiscal policies. The purpose is to lead the student to investigate thoroughly the place and importance of money and prices in business and in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations. 5 I. BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the legal rules governing business transactions and relrtions. The study also includes principles and cases concerning law and its administration particularly in regard to contracts, sales, and negotiable instrnments. The aim is to appreciate the legal instruments, requirements, and procedures important in business. 53. MARKETING.Prereq. I, z, 4, I 5 , 16.Jr., Sr. L 3 GA survey of the general problem and framework of marketing in our economy, including marketing functions and institutions, an investigation of policy-making- -procedures in the marketing- phases of business, and an examination of the . social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The purpose is ta give the student an analytical basis for judging business alternatives md ilro government legislation. 5 5. 3 Cr. RELATIONS. Prereq. 11, 16.Jr., Sr. 11. 56. ban AND KNAGEMENT A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by government, individually and in their relations. The objective is to picture the different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilitier of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control. 3 Cr. ADVANCED ACCOUN~G Prereq. . I,2, 4, 15, 16. Jr. I. The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the student to interpret hancial data, a d to acquaint the student with cost accounting principles and procedures. Preparation m d analysis of hancial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order a d standard costing are stressed. 59. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAXATION. Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the econornis impact of taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elements of &al policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes, expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization. 60. FINANCE AND INYESTIUNT. Prereq. I,z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 G. A study of the various types of securities purchased by investon. Consideration is given internal finance factors and external market factors which affect the market prices of recurities. Included is a study of the principles and procedura governing the analysis of financial statements and operating data of h whose securities have been considered as investment media. 62. 6 Cr. 71,7 2 SENIORTOPICS.* For Seniors in Business ody. Sr. I, 11. A review of business practice and problems in our economy, pointing out the opportunities for individual endeavor, followed by an original project by each student in which he makes an investigation of his own. The project may be in any business field; for example, accounting, investments, personal selling, market research, economic analysis. These counes aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oaces, to assist in ,the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an o p p d t y for &e development of business skills for persod use. A major may be obtained in business education by completing a minimum of 37 hours, including I, 2 , 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I,2 , 15, 16, 53, and one other Senior College Course or Home Economics 73. A minor may ,beobtained by com,pleting a minimum of 26 hours, including I, 2 , 3-4,8, 51,52, 53-54,Business Administration I, z, or 15, 16. ELEMENTARY TYPEWF~TNG. I. I G. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three h o w per week. I. INTBPMEDIAETYPEWRITMG. 11. r Cr. Problem in typing tabdatioar, manuscript typing, use of carbone, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 2. I~MENTAR SHY ORTHAND. I, 11. 6 Cr. Training in the fundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3-4-f' 8. Om- M A C H ~ SPrereq. . I,z. I. t Cs. Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, cal- culator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addressograph, and duplicator. Two hours per week. *Not offered in 1953-1954. f<=oatinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete b t h semesters. Senior College Courses ADVANCED T Y P E W ~ I.G . E Cr. Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to rtudento having attained a speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 5 I. SEC~BTARIIU PRACTICE.Prereq. I, 2, 3-4. II. 3 Cr. Practical application of secretarial duties including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of bllliiness and legal forms, personality development, and guidance in writing application letters and making application for a job. Mimeographing is included in this course for those who include thii as a part of the parish workers' course. Four hours per week. 52. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. I, n. 4 Cr. Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe with a high degree of accuracy. Four .hours per week. 5 3-54.t 82. TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I. I % Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, KIprovide courser that will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I , 2, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics 16, Sociology I, Biology 4 and 54, and Psychology 5, 6. Graduation minor, 18 credits including courses I , 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or 66, 68, 71, Teadhing major, 38 credits; anuses listed for non-teaching major plui 33 and Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or Physical Education. Consdt a member of the home economics faculty for coune plans. 76. CLOTHING SELECTION, CdBE, AND REPAIR. I. 3 GA study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fsbriu suitable #or Werent wes are topics considered. I. +Continuatioa course. To receive credit for thia course, a student both remestera. mut oomprlete C 2. L ~ CG O N S ~ U n. ~ N . z ~ r . This c o m e provides laboratory experience in pimple g n m t r ia cotton and rayon. It includes experiencw in planning, cutting. 6cting, and suitable .techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing m d h e , alterstkn of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Ecowmiu educa&g tion majors. TWOdouble laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. ART M DAILYLIVING.L 3 GA study of art as it is met in the activitiea of everyday liviag. Open to dl students. 3. 7- ELEMENTSOF N ~ o N II.. 3 Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietuiea will be analyzed. LABOMTORYEXPERIENCE m GROUPACTIVITY. See course 23 under Education. 23. COLOR AND DESIGN. I. 3 GA study of the piinciplt of dujgn and U ) ~ M related to selecting, arranging, snd designing of h o d o l d f u r w ktttring and simple poster designing. Same c r a f t @me. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Thee double laboratory periods per week. 33. 36. C u m 11. hboratory uprimce Cr. or a t 2 in various d t s which can be done at home m p s with rimple equipma Frinciplcs of design and color in their appliution ta crdts will be smdied. Two double labrnrory periods per week. PRrncmzs OF FOOD PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 7 or 6 G. permission of instructor. I, II. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problem of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, a d related aubjectr. Regdrr lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. CHILD I~VELOPMENT. n. 2 G. A study of the care m d training of the ,young child as to 'his physical. mend, d social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period pez week 44. Smior Colkge Courses 57. TEXTILES. I. r CrStudy of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasn on selection, usesand care d common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory boun a week. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART.* n. 2 CrA study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled a d fiad trips arranged. 64. n. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week, 68. F ~ I L HEALTH. T I. z CrBasie facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. a CrConsideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One lecture period and one double laboratory period per week. HOME MANAGEMENTLABORATORY. z Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in r home management house with one conference hoar per week Given in summer. F d costs to be determined by the group. 72. 73. CONSUMER EDUCATION ANDINCOME MANAGEMENT. 11. z Cr- The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the atudent receive greater satisfaction from the we of money income. ADVANCEDCLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. II. 2 Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. 76. More advanced problem in fitting m d construction are used than those in the c I m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing gannents for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per weekOF HOMEECONOMICS. Prereq. 91. TEACHING and Education 53. Sr. L "Not offered in 1953-1954. 32 credits in home economics 2 Cr. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics It is the purpose of the &*on of N a d Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniquu; w interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the scudent with rhe significance of N a n d Science in a modem, dunging world; m emphasize a sound mind and a strong hdy; to tnin for m t i o m in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the sntdmr with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the livw of his fellow men. Department of Biology The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3, 4, 7N do not count toward the major or minor. WORU)AND MAN.Fr. I, 11. I-zt. THENATURAL 8 Cr. The development of scientific fonndations in the physical and biological s a ences. Four periods per week consistkg of lxtures, lecture demonstrations, and discussions. 3. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Pr. 1. 4 (3A professional course in human anatom) 1r.d physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b i elaboratory periods per week. Designed particularly for student nurses and for majors in Physical Education. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. 4. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. II. 4 fiA professional course in buman anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per w e t . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. 13-1~.t GENERALZOOLOGY. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. tContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. I, 11. 8 Cr. a study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a mrvey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and m e double laboratory period per week. 25, 26. GBNERALBOTANY.So., Jr. Thir M 4 Cr. GENE~CS. Prereq. 13-14, or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emhasir is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 5 1. 4 Cr. EWLOGY.Prereq. 13-14or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. II. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory period or field trip per week. 52. GENERALENTOMO.LQGY.*P~~~~~. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insccta. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 5 3. 54. G E N ~ R ~BLA C ~ O L O G Prereq. Y. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS."Prereq. 2 5 , 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 5 BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES.'Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. 60. 1 % fi. 80. TE~UIING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.sr. I. The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences The courses offered provide fundamental background in the bask principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientik ipproach. *Not offered in 1953-1954. Tborough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in Chemistry will prepare him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied Mathematics. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credi,ts. Courses 1-2, jN,4 do not count toward the major or minor. THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, IT. For course description see Department of Biology. 1-2$. 8 Cr. jN. C ~ S T RFOR Y NURSES. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nuning in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. II. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws, and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. 4. 8 G. ~NORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr., So. I, 11. A study of laws and theories of chemisuy and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5-6.f Senior College Courses ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 4 Cr. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gnvimetric. Twu lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 5 I. 5 Cr. Q~ANIITATIVE ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr., Sr. 11. General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours laboratory per week. 8-10 Cr. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 53-54.t A diacnssion of the important classes of aliphatic a d aromatic compounds. Lobomtory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week52. tContinuation course. To receive credit .for thii wurse, a student mwt complete both semesters. PHYSICAL C H E L L ~ Y .Prcreq. * Math. z, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Wyrics 5 and 6. Sr. II. 5 GAn introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectureo and one double laboratory period per week. 5 5. PHYSICS I-z?. THE NATURALWORLD AND MAN. Fr. I, 8 Cr. 11. For course description see Department of Biology. PRINCIPLES 3. OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and P h Geometry. Fr. I. 4 0A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, round, light and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application ob physics in the h e . GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. z. So. L 4 G. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. n. 6. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and coven electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Senior College Cmrses MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of p h y k and other topics. Philosophical implications of modem physical science will be considered. 5 I. AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or oonELECTRICITY current registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. II. 4 cr. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magmtic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week. 52. 80. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Teaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 51 and 5 2 or 53-54; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. *Not offered in 1953-19~4. tGintinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Mathematics MR. SOBERG,MR. LINDQUIST The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s u f cient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them efcient worken in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, zo credits. Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. 4 aFmdamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. A. SOLID GEOMETRY.Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. II. 4 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced B. I m o ~ u c n oTO~ ~~TI-IEMATICALANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So. I, 11. 10 Cr. This is an integrated course inuluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane d y t i c a l geometry. I , 2. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Prereq. B. L 3 crElements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 do not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. 5. ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 6. S& 5 1, 52. ELEMENTARYCALCULUS Colkge Cmrses AND DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.SO., ~ r I,. n. Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for diierentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary m e r e n t i d equations are developed and applications madz. 10 3 Cr. $3. Sow ANALY~W G m m r . Prereq. 2 or 3. Sr. I. U r n and plane3 in space are mdid and their equations developed. Quadratic d a c c ~md t d o r m a t a o n me given their proper e m p k THEORYOF EQUATK~NS.* Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Tqh course include